30.10.2014 Views

smiths lake planning study volume 1: text - Great Lakes Council

smiths lake planning study volume 1: text - Great Lakes Council

smiths lake planning study volume 1: text - Great Lakes Council

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.

SMITHS LAKE PLANNING STUDY<br />

VOLUME 1: TEXT<br />

Prepared for:<br />

Prepared by:<br />

<strong>Great</strong> <strong>Lakes</strong> <strong>Council</strong><br />

WBM Oceanics Australia<br />

126 Belford Street<br />

PO Box 266<br />

BROADMEADOW NSW 2292<br />

Telephone: (02) 4940 8882<br />

Fax: (02) 4940 8887<br />

Document:<br />

11643.R1.2<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


DOCUMENT CONTROL SHEET<br />

WBM Oceanics Australia<br />

490 Upper Edward Street<br />

SPRING HILL QLD 4004<br />

AUSTRALIA<br />

TELEPHONE: 07 3831 6744<br />

International: +617 3831 6744<br />

FAX: 07 3832 3627<br />

International: +617 3832 3627<br />

Document No:<br />

11643.R1.2<br />

Archive Document No: 00019068<br />

Original Date of Issue: 29 February 2000<br />

Project Manager: Greg Rogencamp<br />

Title:<br />

Author:<br />

Smiths Lake Planning Study<br />

Greg Rogencamp<br />

Client:<br />

Client Contact:<br />

<strong>Great</strong> <strong>Lakes</strong> <strong>Council</strong><br />

Roger Busby<br />

Client Reference:<br />

Synopsis: This report documents the findings of Stages I,II and III of the Smiths Lake Planning Study.<br />

The <strong>study</strong> aims to identify the opportunities and constraints to development of the Smiths Lake Area<br />

with more detailed studies for a portion of this area called the Smiths Lake Village Area.<br />

REVISION/CHECKING HISTORY<br />

REVISION<br />

DATE CHECKED BY ISSUED BY<br />

NUMBER<br />

0 DRAFT DRAFT G Rogencamp<br />

1 11/5/99 JRB G Rogencamp<br />

2 29/2/00 W Syme G Rogencamp<br />

DISTRIBUTION<br />

DESTINATION<br />

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9<br />

<strong>Great</strong> <strong>Lakes</strong> <strong>Council</strong><br />

1<br />

2<br />

20<br />

WBM Library<br />

-<br />

-<br />

1<br />

WBM Oceanics Australia<br />

-<br />

1<br />

1<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


CONTENTS<br />

I<br />

CONTENTS<br />

1 INTRODUCTION 1<br />

1.1 General 1<br />

1.2 Background 1<br />

1.3 The Study Area 2<br />

1.4 Study Goals and Objectives 2<br />

1.5 Study Stage 3<br />

1.6 Existing Development Entitlements 3<br />

2 SOILS AND GEOTECHNICAL 4<br />

2.1 Introduction 4<br />

2.2 Methodology 4<br />

2.3 Physical Characteristics 6<br />

2.4 Landuse 18<br />

2.5 Terrain Classification 19<br />

2.6 Urban Capability And Development Guidelines - SLVA 22<br />

2.7 Land Use Capability And Development Guidelines - SLA 25<br />

3 FLOODING AND DRAINAGE 27<br />

3.1 Site Characteristics and Available Data 27<br />

3.2 Flooding and Drainage Issues 29<br />

3.3 Impacts of Development 31<br />

4 STORMWATER MANAGEMENT 34<br />

4.1 Introduction 34<br />

4.2 Receiving Environment Implications 34<br />

4.3 Whole of Study Area Considerations 34<br />

4.4 Recommended Stormwater Best Planning Practices 36<br />

4.5 Recommended Stormwater Best Management Practices 39<br />

4.6 Stormwater Management Requirements 42<br />

5 FLORA 44<br />

5.1 Methodology for Vegetation Mapping 44<br />

5.2 Vegetation Communities 45<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


CONTENTS<br />

II<br />

5.3 Rare, Threatened or Significant Plant Species 54<br />

5.4 Conservation Values 57<br />

6 FAUNA 64<br />

6.1 Fauna Habitats 64<br />

6.2 Fauna Survey 67<br />

6.3 Fauna Conservation Values 74<br />

6.4 Habitat Ranking 74<br />

6.5 Habitat Conservation Mapping 77<br />

6.6 Ecological Development Constraints 77<br />

7 WATER QUALITY SENSITIVITY MAPPING 80<br />

7.1 Introduction 80<br />

7.2 Receiving Water Description 80<br />

7.3 Sensitivity Analysis Methodology 83<br />

7.4 Sensitivity Mapping 85<br />

8 VISUAL AND SCENIC QUALITY 86<br />

8.1 Landscape Character & Elements 86<br />

8.2 Existing Landscape Character 87<br />

8.3 Visual Assessment 90<br />

9 LAND CAPABILITY ASSESSMENT 95<br />

9.1 Approach 95<br />

9.2 Constraint & Response 98<br />

10 ABORIGINAL AND EUROPEAN HERITAGE 102<br />

10.1 Introduction 102<br />

10.2 Management Issues 102<br />

10.3 Aboriginal Heritage 106<br />

10.4 Environmental Con<strong>text</strong> 107<br />

10.5 Archaeological Con<strong>text</strong> 113<br />

10.6 Discussion 118<br />

10.7 Recommendations 122<br />

10.8 European Heritage 123<br />

11 INFRASTRUCTURE 128<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


CONTENTS<br />

III<br />

11.1 Sewer 128<br />

11.2 Other Services 129<br />

12 BUSHFIRE MANAGEMENT INVESTIGATION 130<br />

12.1 Fire History 130<br />

12.2 Factors Influencing Fire Hazard 130<br />

12.3 Damage Potential 132<br />

12.4 Fire Fighting Infrastructure 134<br />

12.5 Fire Zoning and Management Strategies 135<br />

13 LAND SUITABILITY ASSESSMENT 139<br />

13.1 Approach 139<br />

13.2 Suitability Constraints 139<br />

13.3 Land Suitability Precincts 144<br />

13.4 Opportunities 147<br />

14 REFERENCES 150<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


LIST OF FIGURES<br />

IV<br />

LIST OF FIGURES<br />

Figure 1-1 Study Areas<br />

Figure 1-2 Existing Zones in Villages<br />

Figure 2-1 Terrain Classification<br />

Figure 2-2 Slope Stability and Acid Sulphate Soil Zonation Plans<br />

Figure 2-3 Test Bore Locations and Regional Geology<br />

*Figure 2-4 Plasticity Chart for Classifying Fine-Grained Soils by Unified Soil<br />

Classification System<br />

Figure 3-1 Major Catchments<br />

Figure 3-2 1% AEP Peak Flows<br />

Figure 3-3 Delineation of Floodways and Flood Storage<br />

*Figure 3-4 Impacts of Development on Tarbuck Creek 1% AEP Flows<br />

*Figure 4-1 Water Resource Planning Units<br />

*Figure 4-2 Water Sensitive Design Overview<br />

*Figure 4-3 Existing SLVA Waterway Corridors<br />

*Figure 4-4 Existing SLVA Waterway Corridors<br />

*Figure 4-5 Example of Directly Connected Impervious Area<br />

*Figure 4-6 Existing SLVA Rainwater Tanks<br />

*Figure 4-7 Stormwater Infiltration Measures<br />

*Figure 4-8 Overland Flow<br />

*Figure 4-9 Existing Roadside Swale - SLVA<br />

*Figure 4-10 Existing Pole House - SLVA<br />

Figure 5-1 Vegetation Communities<br />

Figure 5-2 Location of Recorded Threatened Flora Species<br />

Figure 5-3 Vegetation Conservation Values<br />

Figure 6-1 Fauna Habitats<br />

Figure 6-2 Fauna Trapping Locations<br />

Figure 6-3 Fauna Conservation Values and Locations of Threatened Fauna Species<br />

Figure 6-4 Ecological Development Constraint Categories<br />

Figure 7-1 Water Quality: Terrain Slope<br />

Figure 7-2 Water Quality: Proximity to Waterway<br />

Figure 7-3 Water Quality: Soil Type<br />

Figure 7-4 Water Quality: Availability of Connection to Sewerage Service<br />

Figure 7-5 Water Quality: Disturbed Vegetation<br />

Figure 7-6 Water Quality Sensitivity Grades<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


LIST OF FIGURES<br />

V<br />

Figure 8-1 Visual Landscape Units<br />

Figure 8-2 Visual Management Zones<br />

Figure 10-1 Sites of Archaeological Significance<br />

*Figure 10-2 Lake Shore in the Area of Site 38-2-14, Recorded in 1984<br />

*Figure 10-3 Large F<strong>lake</strong> with Chopping Edges on Two Margins Found Below Eroding<br />

Midden<br />

*Figure 10-4 Stone Artefacts on Eastern Shore of Smiths Lake Village Area<br />

*Figure 10-5 Broken F<strong>lake</strong> In The Water Below The Shore Line<br />

*Figure 10-6 Scarred Tree in the NW Part of the Smiths Lake Village Area<br />

*Figure 10-7 Location of Isolated Find on Dirt Track<br />

Figure 11-1 Waste Water Treatment Works Buffer<br />

Figure 12-1 Generalised Vegetation Communities<br />

Figure 12-2 Slope and Aspect<br />

Figure 12-3 Fire Hazard Level<br />

Figure 13-1 Land Suitability Precinct: Blueys Beach<br />

Figure 13-2 Land Suitability Precinct: Northwest Smiths Lake<br />

Figure 13-3 Land Suitability Precinct: Northeast Smiths Lake<br />

Figure 13-4 Land Suitability Precinct: Cellito / Sandbar<br />

Figure 13-5 Land Suitability Precinct: Tarbuck Bay<br />

Figure 13-6 Land Suitability Precinct: Sugar Creek Road<br />

Figure 13-7 Land Suitability Precinct: Smiths Lake Village Area<br />

* These figures contained in “Volume 1: Text”. All others are in “Volume 2: Figures and Appendices”.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


LIST OF TABLES<br />

VI<br />

LIST OF TABLES<br />

Table 2-1 Geological Units 7<br />

Table 2-2 Soil Data Profiles (DLWC) 8<br />

Table 2-3 Table Summary of Particle Size Distribution Analysis and Atterberg Limits<br />

(DPWS) 9<br />

Table 2-4 Atterberg Limit, Linear Shrinkage and Emerson Dispersion Class (RCA) 10<br />

Table 2-5 Acid Sulphate Laboratory Test Results (DPWS) 14<br />

Table 2-6 DLWC Laboratory Acid Sulphate Results 14<br />

Table 2-7 Action Criteria Based on ASS Soil Analysis and Soil Texture 15<br />

Table 2-8 Acid Sulphate Test Results, Total Actual and Potential Acidity 16<br />

Table 2-9 Groundwater Quality 17<br />

Table 2-10 Groundwater Quality – Pump station sites (DPWS) 18<br />

Table 2-11 EPA Criteria to Assess the Probable Presence of Pyritic Material 18<br />

Table 2-12 Terrain Units – Physical Characteristics 19<br />

Table 2-13 Terrain Units – Geotechnical Hazard Risk Assessment 20<br />

Table 2-14 Classification Of Risk Of Slope Instability 20<br />

Table 2-15 Land Use Constraints on the Basis of Geotechnical Hazards 21<br />

Table 2-16 Development Guidelines on the Basis of Slope Stability 23<br />

Table 3-1 Design Rainfall Intensities (mm/h) 28<br />

Table 3-2 Elevated Ocean Levels 30<br />

Table 4-1 Stormwater Management Requirements 43<br />

Table 7-1 Southern Wallis Lake Water Quality Data 81<br />

Table 8-1 Management of Visual Environment 94<br />

Table 9-1 Land Capability 99<br />

Table 10-1 European Heritage 123<br />

Table 12-1 Fire History Along the North-western Boundary 130<br />

Table 12-2 Determination of Fire Hazard Levels 132<br />

Table 12-3 Fire Response of Rare and Threatened Species 133<br />

Table 12-4 Fire Protection Zones 136<br />

Table 12-5 Suggested Fire Regimes for the Maintenance of Vegetation Communities 138<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


INTRODUCTION 1<br />

1 INTRODUCTION<br />

1.1 General<br />

<strong>Great</strong> <strong>Lakes</strong> <strong>Council</strong> commissioned WBM Oceanics Australia to carry out a <strong>planning</strong> <strong>study</strong> for<br />

the north and north-western parts of the Smiths Lake catchment and the southern most<br />

catchment of Wallis Lake.<br />

WBM Oceanics Australia formed a team of consultants including in-house scientists and<br />

engineers as well as sub-consultants. A list of the <strong>study</strong> team is contained in Appendix A.<br />

This report documents the findings of Stages 1 to 3 of the Smiths Lake Planning Study.<br />

1.2 Background<br />

Smiths Lake is located about one half hour by car south of Forster, and about 3.5 hours north of<br />

Sydney. It is set in an attractive landscape which has high visual relief and quality, and<br />

substantial areas of native vegetation with potential conservation value. The Smiths Lake area<br />

also defines a sensitive catchment with good water quality which drains to Smiths Lake.<br />

Residential and small-scale tourist oriented developments have expanded the Village of Smiths<br />

Lake (the Village) over the years and now provide a range of accommodation and services for<br />

permanent and seasonal residents and visitors.<br />

The Village has a unique and desirable character attributable to extensive retention of<br />

vegetation, abundant landscaping, small scale houses built of a variety of materials, and narrow<br />

non-linear streets.<br />

Until recently, development potential may have been limited by the lack of reticulated<br />

sewerage system. <strong>Council</strong> has constructed a reticulated sewerage scheme for Pacific Palms<br />

which will extends to Smiths Lake. Existing development, and land with the potential for<br />

development in the scheme’s service area, will eventually be serviced.<br />

There has been an increase in rural development around Smiths Lake. <strong>Council</strong> receives many<br />

inquiries for subdivision and development, which if they were to proceed in an ad hoc manner,<br />

could reduce the environmental amenity of Smiths Lake to the detriment of all residents and<br />

visitors. Impacts of potential development need to be investigated before decisions on the form,<br />

extent and character of new development can be made.<br />

Hence, the Smiths Lake Planning Study presents an opportunity to consider a range of issues in<br />

<strong>planning</strong> the future land development of the area in a structured and informed manner.<br />

Stage 4 of the <strong>study</strong> will also fulfil the requirements of an environmental <strong>study</strong> under s57 of the<br />

Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979 because parts of the Smiths Lake area are<br />

within the one kilometre zone of the NSW Coast — Government Policy.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


INTRODUCTION 2<br />

1.3 The Study Area<br />

There are two <strong>study</strong> areas for the Study. The wider <strong>study</strong> area includes the villages of Smiths<br />

Lake, Blueys Beach, Charlotte Bay, Bungwahl and Tarbuck Bay, and rural areas within the<br />

subcatchment that drains to Smiths Lake. It is called the Smiths Lake Area (the SLA).<br />

A smaller <strong>study</strong> area will focus on potential expansion of Smiths Lake Village. It is called the<br />

Smiths Lake Village Area (the SLVA).<br />

The two <strong>study</strong> areas are shown in Figure 1-1.<br />

1.3.1 Smiths Lake Area<br />

The SLA is bounded by Boomerang Drive at Blueys Beach and the Wallingat State Forest to<br />

the north; the catchment divide near Round Hill to the west; a line north of Seal Rocks Road at<br />

the south; and the coast.<br />

Overall the SLA takes in about 60 km 2 of land and water area. However, the land component<br />

would have an area of about 22 km 2 . The <strong>study</strong> area contains a variety of landforms including<br />

steep headlands, low coastal plains, <strong>lake</strong> and estuarine lands, and steeper forested and partly<br />

cleared hills and slopes.<br />

1.3.2 Smiths Lake Village<br />

The SLVA adjoins and surrounds the boundaries of the Village of Smiths Lake. It takes in<br />

about 3 km 2 and contains steep, vegetated landforms, including <strong>lake</strong>shore and estuarine land,<br />

forested toe, mid and upper slopes, ridge tops and partly urbanised areas.<br />

1.4 Study Goals and Objectives<br />

The <strong>study</strong> has two goals:<br />

1. Identify land with capability and suitability for urban development and formulate<br />

recommendations for the location, form, infrastructure needs and socio-economic impacts of<br />

future land releases in the SLVA; and<br />

2. Identify land capability and suitability units in the SLA with sufficient precision to enable<br />

broad-scale environmental <strong>planning</strong> attributes to be identified and considered by the<br />

community.<br />

The objectives of the <strong>study</strong> are to identify, document and/or resolve the following issues in both<br />

<strong>study</strong> areas:<br />

• soils and geotechnical characteristics;<br />

• flooding, hydrology and drainage;<br />

• flora and fauna;<br />

• aboriginal and European heritage;<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


INTRODUCTION 3<br />

• visual quality;<br />

• infrastructure;<br />

• all other socio-economic and cultural; and<br />

• bush fire hazard.<br />

1.5 Study Stage<br />

Due to the nature of the <strong>study</strong>, it is possible and desirable to divide the <strong>study</strong> components into a<br />

number of stages. These are described below:<br />

Stage 1: This stage involves collection, analysis and presentation of the physical and<br />

ecological data for the <strong>study</strong> areas, culminating in a land capability map.<br />

Stage 2: This stage involves collection, analysis and presentation of the general socioeconomic<br />

data for the <strong>study</strong> areas.<br />

Stage 3: This stage draws upon the results of the first two stages to produce land suitability<br />

assessments including mapping of areas suitable for development.<br />

Stage 4: This stage involves more detailed socio-economic and demographic assessments of<br />

existing and future populations, supply and demand for land and urban design and character.<br />

This report presents the findings of Stages 1 to 3.<br />

1.6 Existing Development Entitlements<br />

The first three stages of this <strong>study</strong> do not consider existing entitlements conferred by zoning,<br />

registered subdivision plans, property boundaries or development consents. The main purpose<br />

of Stages 1 to 3 of this <strong>study</strong> is to investigate and identify land that has capability and<br />

suitability for development based on the biophysical and cultural attributes of the land in the<br />

<strong>study</strong> area. Using this approach, the underlying suitability of the <strong>study</strong> area to accommodate<br />

future development is made explicit. Such data assists <strong>Council</strong> in considering the merits of<br />

<strong>planning</strong> for expansion of the Smiths Lake Area, and helps to clarify issues of merit as opposed<br />

to entitlement.<br />

However, <strong>Council</strong> must consider existing development entitlements. In particular, land with<br />

high conservation value in the Smiths Lake Village Area is zoned and subdivided. The current<br />

zonings for the villages in the <strong>study</strong> area (ie. Smiths Lake and Tarbuck Bay) are presented in<br />

Figure 1-2. Provided development consent is obtained, such land may be used for urban scale<br />

development, notwithstanding that these areas are not included in land capability or suitability<br />

precincts.<br />

If <strong>Council</strong> should decide to proceed to Stage 4 of this <strong>study</strong> (ie. the preparation of an<br />

environmental <strong>study</strong> to support proposed amendments to <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Lakes</strong> LEP 1996), existing<br />

development entitlements will need to be considered in formulating a draft LEP. These issues<br />

are discussed further in Section 6.6.3 and 13.4.7.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


SOILS AND GEOTECHNICAL 4<br />

2 SOILS AND GEOTECHNICAL<br />

2.1 Introduction<br />

The objective of the soils and geotechnical component of the <strong>study</strong> is to describe the physical<br />

characteristics of the Smiths Lake Area and Smiths Lake Village Area and assess urban and<br />

land capability and formulate development guidelines. This component of the <strong>study</strong> and the<br />

preparation of this report has been undertaken by Robert Carr & Associates Pty Ltd and:<br />

• Outlines the geology, physical properties and distribution of soil and rocks within the <strong>study</strong><br />

area with particular emphasis on acid sulphate soils.<br />

• Assesses land and urban capability in terms of slope instability, high erosion potential,<br />

foundation conditions and acid sulphate soils.<br />

• Provides geotechnical management guidelines for urban and low low-scale development.<br />

The area of the <strong>study</strong> has been classified into two areas, the Smiths Lake Area (SLA) and the<br />

Smiths Lake Village Area (SLVA). The SLA and the SLVA contain a variety of landforms and<br />

vegetation, including steep headlands and slopes to low-lying coastal and estuarine lands. The<br />

SLVA comprises an urbanised area of about 3 km 2 . The SLA includes 60km 2 , of which 38km 2<br />

comprises the shallow saline coastal lagoon, Smiths Lake with the remainder comprising forest,<br />

rural development and the small urban villages of Tarbuck Bay and Charlotte Bay.<br />

2.2 Methodology<br />

Investigation methodology has involved review of available background data, field mapping,<br />

drilling and sampling and laboratory testing of soil and groundwater samples.<br />

2.2.1 Background Data<br />

Background data relevant to the <strong>study</strong> area has been sourced from:<br />

• Webb, McKeown and Associates, 1998, Smiths Lake Estuary Process <strong>study</strong>.<br />

• Department of Land and Water Conservation (DLWC). Soil profiles from 11 locations<br />

throughout the <strong>study</strong> area have been sourced through the Soil Data System and are<br />

appended. Acid Sulphate Soil Risk Maps (Wooton, Pacific Palms, Myall Lake and Seal<br />

Rocks sheets at a scale of 1: 25,000) have been used in the acid sulphate soil assessment.<br />

• Department of Public Works & Services (DPWS), geotechnical investigations carried out<br />

between 1991 and 1996 for the Pacific Palms and Smiths Lake waste water and water<br />

supply infrastructure. Investigations included subsurface investigation with physical and<br />

chemical testing of soil and water samples.<br />

• Geological and groundwater data as outlined in the Geology of the Camberwell, Dungog<br />

and Buladelah 1:100,000 Sheet.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


SOILS AND GEOTECHNICAL 5<br />

2.2.2 Field Investigation<br />

Fieldwork undertaken by Robert Carr & Associates Pty Ltd involved:<br />

• Drilling and logging of 17 hand auger bores and exposures (up to 1.7m depth) for soil<br />

profile identification and to provide samples for physical and acid sulphate testing and<br />

groundwater quality assessment.<br />

• Installation of three 50mm PVC standpipe piezometers for groundwater sampling and<br />

quality assessment.<br />

• Mapping of soil profiles, rock exposures, slope gradient, erosion, and site feature by a senior<br />

engineering geologist.<br />

2.2.3 Laboratory Testing<br />

Laboratory testing was undertaken to characterise site conditions and supplement existing data.<br />

Laboratory testing involved:<br />

• Acid sulphate screening tests on 17 samples to assess total sulphur levels with POCAS<br />

(Peroxide Oxidation Combined Acidity and Sulphate) testing undertaken on 2 samples to<br />

assess soil buffering capacity and net acid generating potential. Testing was undertaken at<br />

the Centre for Coastal Management at Southern Cross University.<br />

• Emerson crumb dispersion testing on 12 samples to assess potential dispersive erodibility of<br />

site soils. Testing was undertaken at the NATA registered Newcastle laboratory of Robert<br />

Carr & Associates Pty Ltd.<br />

• Atterberg limit (2) and linear shrinkage (6) tests on samples to quantify physical soil<br />

properties. Testing was undertaken at the NATA registered Newcastle laboratory of Robert<br />

Carr & Associates Pty Ltd.<br />

• Water quality, pH and electrical conductivity testing of 3 groundwater samples recovered<br />

from piezometers and sent to AMDEL Laboratories in Sydney.<br />

2.2.4 Data Presentation<br />

Data from the background review, fieldwork and laboratory results is appended as:<br />

Appendix B<br />

Soil Profiles<br />

Test bore profiles by Robert Carr & Associates Pty Ltd<br />

Department of Land and Water Conservation soil profiles<br />

Appendix C<br />

Laboratory Data<br />

Physical test data<br />

Acid sulphate test results - Southern Cross University<br />

Groundwater quality - Amdel<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


SOILS AND GEOTECHNICAL 6<br />

Results are presented on the following figures:<br />

• Terrain Classification (Figure 2-1) showing the inferred distribution of terrain units,<br />

• Slope Stability and Acid Sulphate Soil Zonation Plans (Figure 2-2) assessing the risk of<br />

slope instability and acid sulphate soil occurrence, and<br />

• Test bores and sample locations together with regional geological boundaries (Figure 2-3).<br />

2.3 Physical Characteristics<br />

2.3.1 Topography<br />

The topography across the <strong>study</strong> area is variable and comprises:<br />

• Moderate to steep hillside areas with elevations up to 220m AHD. Surface slopes are<br />

generally concave in profile with steep upper hillside slopes up to 50% usually decreasing to<br />

10% to 25% across footslope areas. The hillside areas occur as a series of north-west /<br />

south-east striking ridgelines separated by broad drainage paths. The alignment of the<br />

ridgelines coincides with the regional bedding strike of the geological units. Geological<br />

structure appears to have had a strong influence on the region’s topography. These areas are<br />

characterised by rock outcrop and shallow residual soils that have weathered in place from<br />

the underlying rock.<br />

• Broad gently sloping drainage paths along the valley floor areas between the ridgelines<br />

(Wamwarra, Tarbuck, Jacks and Wallis Creeks). The drainage paths follow the same<br />

general alignment (north-west, south-east) as the ridgelines. These areas are characterised<br />

by deep soil profiles comprising soils that have weathered in place, been washed off<br />

surrounding hillside areas or accumulated as alluvium along the drainage paths.<br />

• Low lying areas with surface elevation less than 5m AHD that occur around the margin of<br />

Smiths Lake and the southern edge of Wallis Lake and are subject to estuarine influence.<br />

Past fluctuation in <strong>lake</strong> and sea level has resulted in periodic inundation of these areas with<br />

the deposition of sandy, muddy and organic estuarine sediment.<br />

• Coastal barrier sands and ridges in the Sandbar area. The coastal and wind blown (aeolian)<br />

sand deposits have formed sand dunes up to 47m AHD in elevation. Most of the sand dunes<br />

have gentle to moderate surface slopes of less than 25%, however there are some steep lee<br />

slopes with gradients in excess of 50%.<br />

2.3.2 Drainage<br />

Smiths Lake is a shallow, saline coastal lagoon that is protected from the ocean by a sand<br />

barrier that is occasionally opened to the sea by floods.<br />

Catchments in the <strong>study</strong> area discharges to Smiths Lake via Wamwarra and Tarbuck Creeks,<br />

with the larger catchment area of Ducks and Wallis Creek discharging to Wallis Lake. There<br />

are several creeks, but no major rivers draining into the <strong>lake</strong>.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


SOILS AND GEOTECHNICAL 7<br />

2.3.3 Geology<br />

The geology of the <strong>study</strong> area comprises Quaternary soil deposits (less than 2 million years old)<br />

along the coastal and drainage areas with Carboniferous Age (300 million years old)<br />

sedimentary rock occurring over the hillside areas. The geological units that occurs in the <strong>study</strong><br />

area are presented in Table 2-1, with geological boundaries shown on Figure 2-3.<br />

Table 2-1 Geological Units<br />

Geology Material Type Deposition<br />

Quaternary Alluvium<br />

(Qa) Undifferentiated Clays and silts with minor sand Fluvial creek overbank<br />

and back swamp areas<br />

(Qpem) Estuarine and estuarine clay / silt and muddy sand<br />

Estuarine<br />

muddy deposits<br />

(Qpes) Estuarine sandy Interbeds of sand, muddy sand and estuarine clay Estuarine<br />

backbarrier deposits / silt<br />

(Qpds) Transgressive Quartzose sands<br />

Marine sands<br />

dune sand<br />

Carboniferous Rock<br />

(Cla) Koolanock<br />

Sandstone<br />

Sandstone – lithic sandstone with thin interbeds<br />

of bioturbated siltstone. Ryholite flows present.<br />

Fluvial – deltaic<br />

deposition<br />

(Cly)Yagon Siltstone Siltstone and mudstone with some sandstone Marine deposition<br />

interbeds – thinly bedded, fossiliferous and<br />

bioturbated<br />

(Cet) Booti Booti Sandstone – quartzose feldspathic or lithic Fluvial deposition<br />

Sandstone<br />

Undifferentiated Late<br />

Carboniferous sediments<br />

2.3.4 Soils<br />

sandstone with crossbedding present.<br />

Mudstones, siltsones and sandstones<br />

The area has been subject to a series of tectonic deformational events in the geological past<br />

including folding and faulting during the Permian Age and possible further faulting in the<br />

Triassic Age.<br />

These deformational events have resulted in a number of structural features:<br />

• north and northwest trending faults. There is a strong correlation between topographic lows<br />

/ drainage paths and inferred fault locations.<br />

• bedding generally dips at about 20° to 45° to the west over the central to eastern part of the<br />

<strong>study</strong> area with dip slopes increasing up to 60° to 70° over the western part. Local variations<br />

in bedding dip angle and direction can be noted.<br />

• relatively closely spaced jointing in the rockmass.<br />

Soil types that occur at specific localities are the result of a number of interacting factors of<br />

which the soil parent material (ie. the rock from which the soil is derived) is usually the<br />

dominant factor. As noted in Section 2.3.3, there is a wide range of geological formations and<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


SOILS AND GEOTECHNICAL 8<br />

rock types across the <strong>study</strong> area which combined with variable topography and coastal<br />

processes results in a variety of soil forming factors.<br />

Soil profiles undertaken by the DLWC in the <strong>study</strong> area and incorporated into the NSW soil<br />

data system are attached in Appendix B and are summarised in Table 2-2.<br />

Table 2-2 Soil Data Profiles (DLWC)<br />

Profile Location Soil Type Erosion Hazard<br />

1 Off <strong>Lakes</strong> Way,<br />

Wamwarra Bay<br />

3 Road to Sandbar, Symes<br />

Bay<br />

69 <strong>Lakes</strong> Way north of<br />

Sandbar<br />

159 Corner <strong>Lakes</strong> Way and<br />

Macwood Road<br />

160 Amaroo Drive, Smiths<br />

Lake<br />

161 Tarbuck Bay residential<br />

area<br />

162 Corner <strong>Lakes</strong> Way and<br />

Sugar Creek Road<br />

Lacustrine / aeolian sediments - hydrosol Moderate<br />

Acid sulphate testing<br />

Deep sands - hydrosol<br />

Slight<br />

Acid sulphate testing<br />

Silty and clay loam over silty clay<br />

Very high<br />

Sodosol<br />

Silty loam over silty clay<br />

Very high<br />

hydrosol<br />

Silty and clay loam over medium-heavy clay Moderate<br />

- sodosol<br />

Medium to heavy clay - kurosol<br />

High<br />

Silty and clay loam over light-heavy clay Extreme<br />

hydrosol<br />

193 Sugar Creek Road Sandy clay loam - tenosol Slight<br />

194 Sugar Creek Road Silty and clay loam over medium clay High<br />

426 Sandbar Road near Silty and clay loam - tenosol<br />

Slight<br />

quarry<br />

427 Sandbar Road near<br />

quarry<br />

Silty and clay loam over medium clay<br />

kurosol<br />

Moderate<br />

The profiles in Table 2-2 indicate the soil profiles within the <strong>study</strong> area typically comprise silty<br />

clay loams over silty clays and medium to heavy clays.<br />

The physical properties of the areas soils have been characterised by testing undertaken by the<br />

Department of Public Works & Services which includes particle size distribution (sieve and<br />

hydrometer analysis) and Atterberg limits. Results of this testing are presented in<br />

Table 2-3.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


SOILS AND GEOTECHNICAL 9<br />

Table 2-3 Table Summary of Particle Size Distribution Analysis and Atterberg Limits<br />

(DPWS)<br />

Location<br />

Depth<br />

(m)<br />

Particle Size Distribution (%)<br />

ATTERBERG<br />

limit<br />

Unified Soil<br />

Classification and<br />

description<br />

Gravel Sand Silt Clay<br />

P1 1.0-1.3 - 7 36 57 55 19 36 (CH) silty clay, dark grey<br />

P1 1.3-2.0 58 24 34 (CI) silty clay, grey-brown<br />

P2 0-1.0 3 48 49 44 23 21 (CL) silty clay, black<br />

P2 1.5-2.0 58 16 26 (SC) clayey sand, grey<br />

P3 1.0-2.0 5 48 47 47 19 28 (ML) clayey silt, grey<br />

brown<br />

P4 0.4-1.7 74 30 44 (CH) silty clay, brown<br />

P5 1.0-2.0 82 36 46 (CH) silty clay, yellowbrown<br />

P6 1.0-2.0 3 26 37 34 (CL) sandy clayey silt, dark<br />

brown<br />

P7 0.8-1.2 28 32 40 56 20 36 (CH) sandy silty clay,<br />

yellow-brown<br />

P8 0.8-1.25 21 40 39 (ML/CL) sandy clayey silt,<br />

yellow -brown<br />

P9 2.0-2.45 88 12 - (SM-SP) sand with some<br />

silt, grey<br />

P10 0.8-1.25 80 20 - (SC) silty sand, grey<br />

P11 0.4-0.7 2 29 48 21 25 14 11 (ML) sandy clayey silt,<br />

yellow brown<br />

P12 2.0-2.5 4 45 51 73 31 42 (CH) silty clay, lt brown<br />

P13 0.5-0.9 4 30 66 75 32 43 (CH) silty clay, yellow -<br />

brown<br />

P14 2.2-2.5 10 14 48 28 56 29 27 (MH) clayey silt, light<br />

brown<br />

P15 1.3-1.6 1 39 60 72 31 41 (CH) silty clay, lt grey<br />

P16 2.0-2.3 78 32 46 (CH) silty clay, lt grey<br />

LL = liquid limit<br />

PL = plastic limit<br />

PI = plasticity index<br />

The results shown in Table 2-3 indicate that the soils within the hillside and footslope areas<br />

comprise mainly silty clays of medium to high plasticity. This is typical of soils that have been<br />

transported from or weathered in-situ from siltstone and lithic sandstone rock types. Based on<br />

the particle size distribution, the soils would be described as a clayey silts or silty clays with a<br />

variable sand content.<br />

The sandy soils in the low lying estuarine areas contain a variable fines content ranging from<br />

about 10% to 40%. In general terms, the sands would be described as “dirty”. The effect of an<br />

increased fines content in the sand will be a lower permeability of the sand.<br />

LL<br />

%<br />

PL<br />

%<br />

PI<br />

%<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


SOILS AND GEOTECHNICAL 10<br />

Bore<br />

The results of testing undertaken by Robert Carr & Associates Pty Ltd (RCA) as part of this<br />

<strong>study</strong> are presented in Table 2-4. This has involved Atterberg limit and linear shrinkage testing<br />

of clay samples as well as Emerson crumb tests to assess soil dispersion.<br />

Table 2-4 Atterberg Limit, Linear Shrinkage and Emerson Dispersion Class (RCA)<br />

Depth<br />

Soil Type<br />

Liquid<br />

Limit<br />

(%)<br />

Plastic<br />

Limit<br />

(%)<br />

Plasticity<br />

Index<br />

(%)<br />

Linear<br />

Shrinkage<br />

(%)<br />

Emerson<br />

Class<br />

(m)<br />

RCA3 0.5-0.6 Clay 63 15 48 4.7 5<br />

RCA6 0.25 Sandy clay 5<br />

RCA6 0.75 Silty clay 82 27 55 6.0 5<br />

RCA7 0.4-0.65 Sandy clay 5<br />

RCA7 1.0-1.1 Clay 14.3 5<br />

RCA10 0.4 Clay 8.1 5<br />

RCA12 0.2 Gravelly clay 10.6 5<br />

RCA15 0.3-0.4 Silty clay 5.1 5<br />

P17 Clay 5<br />

P18 Clay 5<br />

P19 Clay 5<br />

P20 Clay 5<br />

Figure 2-4 shows a plot of the Atterberg limits test results on the plasticity chart for classifying<br />

fine-grained soils by the Unified Soil Classification System. The Atterberg limits test results<br />

indicate that the clays would be generally classified according to the Unified Soil Classification<br />

System as clays of high plasticity (CH). The linear shrinkage results indicate that the clay soils<br />

are susceptible to <strong>volume</strong> change (shrinkage and heave) with variation in moisture content.<br />

The Emerson class numbers shown in Table 2-4 indicate that the clays and silts tested are nondispersive<br />

in nature. Dispersive soils contain clays that go into suspension in contact with water<br />

and are indicated by an Emerson class of 1 or 2.<br />

2.3.5 Erosion<br />

The magnitude of erosion that can occur at a particular location is dependant on the potential of<br />

erosive agents such as wind, rain and runoff to erode soils and the erodibility of the soil.<br />

Assessment of soil erodibility takes into consideration soil properties such as <strong>text</strong>ure, structure,<br />

dispersion, depth and infiltration and generally provide a general indication of relative<br />

resistance to water erosion.<br />

The Soil Conservation Service of NSW (Dyson, 1985) has noted that the soils in the general<br />

<strong>study</strong> area have a moderate to high erodibility. The soils are noted to be prone to sheet erosion<br />

once disturbed and the presence of locally dispersive subsoils has been noted in the soils<br />

developed on the Yagon Siltstone (Smiths Lake Village Area). Site specific soil profile<br />

assessment undertaken by the DLWC and shown in Table 2-2, confirms the moderate to high<br />

erodibility of the <strong>study</strong> area soils.<br />

The Emerson crumb dispersion test results indicate that the clay soils tested are non dispersive.<br />

This indicates that the erosive nature of the clay soils is related to soil structure and <strong>text</strong>ure<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


SOILS AND GEOTECHNICAL 11<br />

rather than dispersiveness. The clay soils have well developed pedality (fissured/ granular<br />

structure) and as such they are poorly aggregated. When subject to water flows, the clay soils<br />

have limited coherence between soil peds and are prone to detachment and sheet / scour erosion<br />

where exposed to water flow. The loamy topsoils also have limited coherence and as such are<br />

prone to erosion where vegetation has been removed.<br />

The estuarine clays and muddy sands are prone to scour and sheet erosion along the margins of<br />

hillside areas where high runoff velocities can occur. The sandy soils have a high risk of wind<br />

erosion particularly where vegetation has been removed or depleted. The estuarine soils along<br />

the shoreline of Smiths Lake are prone to wave erosion.<br />

In general the soils of the <strong>study</strong> area have a high risk of erosion, particularly where vegetation<br />

is removed or depleted.<br />

2.3.6 Acid Sulphate Soils<br />

General<br />

Sediments in coastal NSW from the Holocene geological age often contain iron pyrite, the<br />

main constituent of acid sulphate soils. The Holocene sediments are generally found below an<br />

elevation of 5m AHD, typically in coastal and floodplain areas. The sediment can be divided<br />

into classes based on its oxidised state. If the pyritic material above the water table is<br />

undergoing oxidation and has a pH of less than 4.0, it is called acid sulphate soil (ASS). If the<br />

material is below the groundwater table and has not been oxidised, it is termed potential acid<br />

sulphate soil (PASS) and generally has a pH of greater than 4.0. The pH has the potential to<br />

become much lower when the soil is exposed to oxygen as a result of activities such as<br />

excavation and drainage and this can lead to the generation of sulphuric acid. Acidic leachate<br />

can lead to the release of toxic concentrations of aluminium and iron into water bodies which<br />

can affect water quality and cause ecological damage.<br />

ASS can therefore be a major constraint on land use and development, however successful<br />

management of areas of ASS is possible.<br />

ASS can occur in the following geomorphic settings:<br />

• Sediments of recent geological age<br />

• Soil horizons not more than 5m above high tide level<br />

• Marine and estuarine settings<br />

Potential ASS are typically waterlogged, pH neutral and dark grey, estuarine, clays, silts or<br />

sands.<br />

The presence of actual ASS is indicated by acid surface or groundwater, iron stains on any<br />

drain surfaces or iron stained drain water, jarosite present in soil (indicated by pale yellow<br />

precipitates and coatings) and unusually clear or milky green drain water.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


SOILS AND GEOTECHNICAL 12<br />

Laboratory Testing<br />

The following laboratory tests are available for assessing the acid potential of a soil -<br />

Peroxide Oxidisable Sulphur Analysis (POSA) - the POSA test measures the acidity<br />

potentially produced from pyrite oxidation only and does not include acidification from other<br />

sources (such as carbon). This test may be conservative because it does not take into account<br />

the natural acid buffering capacity of the soil.<br />

EPA guidelines state that samples with more than 0.05% oxidisable sulphur may constitute a<br />

significant risk in the absence of buffering sources.<br />

For clayey soils, levels of POSA greater than 1.54 kg H 2 SO 4 /tonne of dry soil may constitute a<br />

significant risk while for sandy soils 0.31 kg H 2 SO 4 /tonne of dry soil is the threshold value<br />

(NSW EPA, 1995).<br />

Acid Neutralising Capacity (ANC) – some soils have a natural acid buffering or neutralising<br />

capacity which can be assessed by determining the soil lime (calcium carbonate) content. The<br />

ANC is used in conjunction with the POSA results to determine the Net Acid Generating<br />

Potential (NAGP) of the soil.<br />

Net Acid Generating Potential (NAGP) – NAGP is the amount of acidity by pyrite oxidation<br />

less the buffering capacity of the soil. If the acid produced is greater than the buffering capacity<br />

of the soil, acid will be produced. NAGP can be used to assess the amount of neutralising agent<br />

required to treat the net acid generated.<br />

A NAGP greater than zero indicates that acid may be produced during the oxidation of pyrite.<br />

Total Carbon - the oxidation of organic carbon in soils can also produce low pH results due to<br />

the production of organic acids. However, in the field, this oxidation process is slow and any<br />

acid produced is assimilated by the surrounding environment. It is therefore important to<br />

determine if a high acid result is due to the sulphur content or the total carbon content. This can<br />

be achieved by determining the total carbon level in the soil.<br />

Total actual acidity (TAA) and Total potential acidity (TPA) - the total actual acidity (TAA) is<br />

the total amount of acidity in the soil at the time of testing. The total potential acidity (TPA) is<br />

the maximum amount of acidity which a soil may contain after complete oxidation and takes<br />

into account the neutralising capacity of the soil. The difference between the TAA and TPA<br />

result gives a potential for the future oxidation that may occur.<br />

TAA and TPA analyses enable an assessment of the neutralisation required to bring the soil<br />

material pH to 5.5. There are no criteria for acceptable concentrations of TPA or TAA although<br />

a TPA of zero indicates that no significant levels of acid are expected to be produced on<br />

oxidation.<br />

pH before and after oxidisation with peroxide - soils are tested using a calibrated pH meter<br />

before and after oxidation in peroxide. Soils with an in-situ pH less than 4 are actual ASS and<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


SOILS AND GEOTECHNICAL 13<br />

soils with a pH of less than 2.5 after oxidisation in peroxide are potential ASS. This test does<br />

not differentiate between sulphur based and organic based acidity.<br />

Previous Acid Sulphate Studies<br />

The Myall Lake, Wootton, Pacific Palm and Seal Rock 1:25,000 Acid Sulphate Risk maps by<br />

the Department of Land and Water Conservation show the probability of encountering acidsulphate<br />

soils in the <strong>study</strong> area. Areas described as having "high probability of occurrence of<br />

acid-sulphate soil materials within the soil profile" occur at:<br />

• Wamwarra Creek and western shores of Smiths Lake,<br />

• Tarbuck Bay at the mouth of Tarbuck Creek,<br />

• Charlotte Bay around the mouth of Wallis Creek,<br />

• Eastern shore of Symes Bay along sandy low lying areas situated between between rocky<br />

headlands (SLVA),<br />

• Low lying sandy area at the southern end of Amaroo Drive (SLVA), and<br />

• Low lying sandy and estuarine areas along the northern and eastern shores of Symes Bay<br />

and extending across to the golf course area at Cellito.<br />

Previous testing for acid sulphate soils has been undertaken by The Department of Public<br />

Works & Services (DPWS) in the Smiths Lake Village as part of the Pacific Palms Sewerage<br />

Scheme. The soils tested generally were sampled from depths of in excess of 1m to 2m. Results<br />

are presented in Table 2-5 and indicate:<br />

• All samples had a potential acidity on oxidation although in most cases this was limited.<br />

• Samples having a potential acidity in excess of the action criteria noted in Table 2-7 are<br />

noted in bold in Table 2-5 (GM39, GM48, GM51, GM70, GM73, GM99, and Pump Station<br />

W). The soils at these locations generally occur below ground water level and as such<br />

would be classified as potential acid sulphate soils (PASS). It should be noted that the test<br />

results at the above locations only marginally exceeded the action criteria and as such the<br />

soils would be classified as marginally acid sulphate.<br />

• The samples from GM51 have a potential acidity in excess of the action criteria, however<br />

the results of POSA testing are below the criteria suggesting the acidity is likely to be<br />

related to the presence of organic materials rather than sulphur.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


SOILS AND GEOTECHNICAL 14<br />

Bore<br />

Depth<br />

(m)<br />

Table 2-5 Acid Sulphate Laboratory Test Results (DPWS)<br />

Soil type<br />

Depth to<br />

Groundwater<br />

(m)<br />

pH after<br />

oxidation<br />

TPA<br />

(moles/ kg)<br />

GM39 0-0.6 Sand 0.2 2.8 0.015 0.49<br />

1.05-1.5 Clayey silt 0.2 2.6 0.017 0.31<br />

GM48 1-1.4 Sand 1.0 2.5 0.02<br />

GM51 1.0-1.3 Sand 1.0 2.4 0.1 0.01<br />

1.3-1.45 Sand 1.0 2.7 0.038<br />

1.5-2.0 Sand 1.0 2.6 0.064 0.13<br />

BH27 1.0-1.8 Sandy gravel - 2.8 0.022<br />

GM99 1.5-1.9 Clayey silt 3.4 2.3 0.067<br />

2.0-2.45 Clayey silt 3.4 3.0 0.021<br />

Pump Stn W 3-3.45 Sand 2.0 2.4 0.104<br />

4.5-4.95 Sand 2.0 3.8 0.109<br />

6-6.45 Sand 2.0 3.8 0.056<br />

8.55-9 Sand 2.0 2.7 0.024<br />

GM69 3-3.45 Sand 2.5 3.6 0.022<br />

4.2-4.65 Clay 2.5 3.6 0.023<br />

BH34 1.5-2.0 Sandy gravel - 3.2 0.03<br />

GM73 3.9-4.35 Sand 2.6 2.4 0.043<br />

GM74 3.15-3.6 Clayey sand - 3.7 0.016<br />

Pump Stn L 3.0-3.45 Clayey silt 4.3


SOILS AND GEOTECHNICAL 15<br />

The results indicate no actual or potential acid sulphate soils based on pH before and after<br />

oxidation and that potential for acid production from these soils is very limited.<br />

Acid Sulphate Testing<br />

The methodology adopted for the acid sulphate soils investigation was based on acid sulphate<br />

guidelines established by the EPA and more recent guidelines developed by the EPA,<br />

Department of Urban Affairs and Planning and the Acid Sulphate Soils Management Advisory<br />

Committee (1997).<br />

Seventeen samples were recovered from borehole locations, stored in airtight plastic bags at<br />

below 4°C and sent to the Centre for Coastal Management at Southern Cross University for<br />

analysis. Sample analysis involved screening testing to assess pH, total sulphur (%S) and total<br />

carbon (%C). At selected locations (2) where the total sulphur content exceeded the action<br />

criteria guidelines, more detailed testing involving oxidisable sulphur (%SOx), POSA, peroxide<br />

oxidisable sulphuric acidity (kg H 2 SO 4 /tonne), total actual acidity (TAA) and total potential<br />

acidity (TPA) were undertaken with assessment of lime neutralising requirements for the soils.<br />

Laboratory acid sulphate test results are summarised in Table 2-8.<br />

Table 2-7 Action Criteria Based on ASS Soil Analysis and Soil Texture<br />

Texture Soil type Approx<br />

clay<br />

content %<br />

Action criteria<br />

Oxidisable sulphur<br />

% S<br />

Coarse Sands to loamy sands 40 0.1 64<br />

Acid Sulphate Soils Management Advisory Committee (1977)<br />

Acid<br />

Mol H + / tonne<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


SOILS AND GEOTECHNICAL 16<br />

Bore<br />

Table 2-8 Acid Sulphate Test Results, Total Actual and Potential Acidity<br />

Depth<br />

(m)<br />

Soil<br />

Type<br />

Ph<br />

(water)<br />

Total<br />

Sulphur<br />

%<br />

Oxidisable<br />

Sulphur<br />

%<br />

POSA<br />

Kg H 2 SO 4<br />

/ tonne<br />

Neutral.<br />

Req. *<br />

Kg lime/m 3<br />

RCA1 1.0-1.1 Silty sand 5.7 0.04<br />

RCA3 0.5-0.6 Clay 5.8 0.05<br />

RCA4 0.9-1.0 Organic clay 6.1 0.06<br />

RCA4 0.7-0.8 Sand 6.0 0.01<br />

RCA5 0.6-1.0 Clayey sand 7.7 0.15<br />

RCA5 0.3-0.4 Organic sand 7.5 0.22 0.096 3.0 0<br />

RCA8 0.6 Clayey silt 6.4 0.06<br />

RCA8 1.5 Silty clay 6.6 0.06<br />

RCA9 0.3-0.4 Clay 6.8 0.03<br />

RCA11 0.3 Clayey silt 6.1 0.31<br />

RCA11 0.9 Clay 7.3 0.58 0.272 8.5 7.1<br />

RCA12 0.2 Gravelly clay 5.3 0.06<br />

RCA13 0.4 Clayey sand 5.9 0.04<br />

RCA14 0.2-0.3 Clayey silt 4.4 0.04<br />

RCA15 0.3-0.4 Silty clay 5.7 0.06<br />

RCA16 0.2-0.3 Clayey sand 4.7 0.04<br />

RCA17 0.4-0.5 Silty clay 5.1 0.03<br />

* Neutralising requirements based on TPA results; POSA = peroxide oxidisable sulphur analysis; TPA = total potential acidity<br />

Results indicate that, apart from bores RCA5 and 11, none of the samples tested would be<br />

classified as actual or potential acid sulphate soils. The soil profile at bore RCA5 on the<br />

northern shore of Symes Bay comprised dark grey estuarine clayey sands with the soil profile<br />

at RCA11 at the mouth of Tarbuck Creek comprising estuarine clays and silts with some sand<br />

layers. The soil tested from bore RCA5 had zero potential acidity (TPA) indicating that the soil<br />

at the depth tested has sufficient buffering capacity (ie. carbonates such as shell fragments) to<br />

neutralise acid that would result from oxidisation of the sulphur. At bore RCA11, the soil tested<br />

did not have inherent buffering capacity and on oxidation the soil would require in the order of<br />

7kg of lime per cubic metre for neutralisation.<br />

The soils encountered at locations RCA5 and RCA11 would be classsified as PASS.<br />

The tested POSA values at bores RCA5 and 11 greater than the threshold of 0.31kg H 2 SO 4 /<br />

tonne of soil and 1.54kg H 2 SO 4 / tonne used by the NSW EPA (1995) for sandy and clayey<br />

soils and would be considered as having a high risk of acid generation.<br />

2.3.7 Groundwater Quality<br />

Three samples of groundwater were collected from piezometers installed in bores RCA4,<br />

RCA11 (estuarine area) and RCA13 (aeolian sands) and tested for general water quality<br />

indicators.. The locations and soil types are noted below with laboratory results presented in<br />

Table 2-9:<br />

• RCA 4 – Sandbar camping area, beach sand soils (fill?) over muddy estuarine sands.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


SOILS AND GEOTECHNICAL 17<br />

• RCA11 – Tarbuck Bay at the mouth of Tarbuck Creek, estuarine / alluvial clays and muddy<br />

sands.<br />

• RCA13 – Eagle Nest Parade, Smiths Lake Village adjacent to Pumping Station O. Wind<br />

blown and alluvial sands over residual clay soils.<br />

Table 2-9 Groundwater Quality<br />

Analyte<br />

Bore Hole Location<br />

RCA13 RCA11 RCA4<br />

Calcium 13.5 34.6 1.9<br />

Magnesium 10 110 2.1<br />

Sodium 65.4 1250 24.8<br />

Potassium 3.8 57.3 2.4<br />

Carbonate nd nd nd<br />

Bicarbonate 52 13 15<br />

Sulphate 24 418 14<br />

Chloride 87 1944 16<br />

Nitrate .05 .02 .03<br />

E.C. (µS/cm) 321 7292 127<br />

Field pH (pH units) 6.6 5.7 5.8<br />

TDS 205 4667 81<br />

Cl/SO 4 (ratio by<br />

mass)<br />

3.6 4.7 1.1<br />

All results are expressed in mg/l, unless otherwise stated. nd – not detected<br />

The results of the testing indicate that the groundwater has the following characteristics:<br />

• Sodium is the dominant cation in all groundwater bores<br />

• Chloride is the dominant anion in bores RCA13 and 11, with chloride, bicarbonate and<br />

sulphate at similar levels in bore RCA4.<br />

• Near neutral pH in RCA13 with slightly acidic groundwater in bores RCA11 and 4.<br />

• Salinity varies from fresh (Bores RCA13 and 4) to brackish/ saline (Bore RCA11). The<br />

significantly higher EC value at bore RCA11 is likely to be a result of the close proximity of<br />

the bore to a brackish creek near the edge of Smiths Lake.<br />

• Nitrate levels were found to be low.<br />

Groundwater samples from pump station sites were analysed by The Department of Public<br />

Works & Services in the SLVA as part of the Pacific Palms Sewerage Scheme. Results are<br />

presented in Table 2-10 and indicate:<br />

• Near neutral to slightly acidic pH.<br />

• Higher chloride and sulphate concentrations in groundwater within the rock mass which<br />

was deposited under marine conditions (Yagon Siltstone).<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


SOILS AND GEOTECHNICAL 18<br />

Table 2-10 Groundwater Quality – Pump station sites (DPWS)<br />

Location<br />

Analyte<br />

Pump<br />

stn L<br />

Pump<br />

stn O<br />

Pump<br />

stn P<br />

Pump<br />

stn Q<br />

Pump<br />

stn R<br />

Pump<br />

stn U<br />

Lake<br />

water<br />

Field pH 6.2 6.1 6.8 5.5 6.4 6.6 7.4<br />

Chloride 64 99 740 320 530 250 15000<br />

Sulphate 60 9 80 60 50 3 1900<br />

Cl/SO 4 (ratio by mass) 1.1 11 9.2 5.3 11 83 7.9<br />

Iron 91 680 240 74 310 49 1.1<br />

Aluminum 190 1200 350 180 780 210 10<br />

Material<br />

6m clay 2m sand rock 3m silt rock 2m sand<br />

Depth to groundwater<br />

(m)<br />

All results are expressed in mg/l, unless otherwise stated.<br />

& silt - rock<br />

- rock<br />

- rock<br />

4.3 1.2 6 5.8 7.8 1.6<br />

Table 2-11 outlines the criteria established for assessing the presence, or former presence, of<br />

acid sulphate soils based on the chloride to sulphate ratio and the pH of the samples. The<br />

groundwater samples indicate the presence of pyritic material which is in agreement with total<br />

sulphur values noted in Table 2-8. However the pH values suggest the presence of a buffering<br />

agent. It should be noted that the ratio of sulphate to chloride becomes less predictive with low<br />

salinity ratios and as such the results of the water analyses are not considered to be as reliable<br />

as those of the soil analyses for RCA 4 and 13.<br />

Table 2-11 EPA Criteria to Assess the Probable Presence of Pyritic Material<br />

pH Cl-:SO4-2 (by mass) Assessment<br />

6 to 8 approx. 7 No pyritic material present or pyrite has not<br />

been oxidised at any time<br />

< 5 approx. 7 No pyritic material present or pyrite has not<br />

been oxidised at any time and low pH can be<br />

attributed to other causes<br />

6 to 8 < 2, if < 4 do further analysis Presence of pyritic material plus the presence<br />

of a buffering agent<br />

< 5 < 2, if < 4 do further analysis Presence of pyritic material with little<br />

buffering agent<br />

Source: NSW EPA, DUAP, ASSMAC, 1997, Acid Sulphate Soils: Assessment and Management Guidelines.<br />

2.4 Landuse<br />

2.4.1 Smiths Lake Village Area<br />

The Smiths Lake Village Area (SLVA) comprises an urban residential area with sewer, town<br />

water, stormwater and electrical services. The roads are predominantly sealed with stormwater<br />

drainage via concrete kerb and gutters as well as unlined table drains.<br />

Residential development comprises predominantly brick structures founded on slab or strip /<br />

pad foundation systems with some pole frame residences on steep slope areas. On the moderate<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


SOILS AND GEOTECHNICAL 19<br />

to steeper slopes, extensive cutting, filling and retaining wall construction has been undertaken<br />

for access and landscaping.<br />

2.4.2 Smiths Lake Area<br />

The remainder of the <strong>study</strong> area comprises rural properties typically 5Ha to 30Ha in area with<br />

small urban residential communities at Tarbuck Bay and Charlotte Bay. Sandbar Caravan Park<br />

covers an area of about 1km 2 between Symes Bay and the beach at Cellito / Sandbar.<br />

Two small shale quarry pits are situated on the southern side of the access road to Sandbar. It is<br />

likely that these pits are or have been used as a local source of pavement gravels for minor<br />

roads.<br />

2.5 Terrain Classification<br />

The <strong>study</strong> area can be subdivided into terrain units which outline areas of similar physical<br />

characteristics on the basis of landform, slope angle, drainage, soil type, soil origin and<br />

groundwater. Each terrain unit defines a set of physical characteristics that will impose<br />

constraints on landuse in terms of geotechnical hazards such as:<br />

• Slope stability<br />

• Soil erosion<br />

• Acid sulphate soils<br />

• Foundation bearing capacity<br />

Table 2-12 describes each of the terrain units in terms of physical characteristics and<br />

Table 2-13 outlines risks associated with geotechnical hazards for each of the terrain units.<br />

Table 2-12 Terrain Units – Physical Characteristics<br />

Unit Soil Origin Soil / Rock Type Typical<br />

soil depth<br />

(m)<br />

R1 Residual Clay and siltstone<br />

/ sandstone rock<br />

R2 Residual Clay and siltstone<br />

Slope<br />

Gradient<br />

(%)<br />

Topography<br />

40 Steep upper ridge slopes. Scarps<br />

along <strong>lake</strong> shore.<br />

0.5 – 1 25 – 40 Ridge crests and upper to mid slopes<br />

/ sandstone rock<br />

R3 Residual Clay 1 – 2 10 – 25 Rounded hillslopes and footslopes<br />

R4 Residual Clay >2 3 5 5 5 10 – 25 Gentle to moderate sandhills and<br />

sheets<br />

S3 Aeolian Sand >5 25 – 40 Moderate to steep sandhills<br />

S4 Aeolian Sand >5 >40 Very steep sand hills with soil creep<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


SOILS AND GEOTECHNICAL 20<br />

Unit<br />

Landuse constraints in relation to geotechnical hazards for the terrain units are presented in<br />

Table 2-13 on the basis of risk of occurrence. The risk of slope instability is assessed based on<br />

the scheme presented in Table 2-14 which is widely used by local government authorities for<br />

zonation purposes.<br />

Soil<br />

Origin<br />

Table 2-13 Terrain Units – Geotechnical Hazard Risk Assessment<br />

Slope<br />

Gradient<br />

(%)<br />

Risk of<br />

Slope<br />

Instability<br />

Risk of Acid<br />

Sulphate<br />

Soils<br />

Erosion Hazard<br />

Risk of Low<br />

Strength<br />

Foundation<br />

Soils *<br />

R1 Residual >40 High Very low Moderate (sheet) Very low<br />

R2 Residual 25 – 40 Medium Very low Moderate (sheet) Very low<br />

R3 Residual 10 – 25 Low Very low Moderate – high Very low<br />

(sheet, gully)<br />

R4 Residual


SOILS AND GEOTECHNICAL 21<br />

Based on the geotechnical hazard risk assessment presented in Table 2-13 for slope instability,<br />

soil erosion, acid sulphate soils and low bearing capacity soils, land use constraints for the<br />

terrain units are presented in Table 2-15.<br />

Table 2-15 Land Use Constraints on the Basis of Geotechnical Hazards<br />

Unit Soil Origin Slope<br />

Gradient<br />

(%)<br />

Land Use<br />

Urban Development Potential<br />

R1 Residual >40 Severe physical limitation to urban development.<br />

Generally not suitable for development.<br />

Development would require detailed geotechnical<br />

investigation to assess feasibility with development<br />

if appropriate requiring detailed engineering design<br />

and site management.<br />

R2 Residual 25 – 40 Moderate to severe physical limitations to<br />

development that can be overcome by detailed<br />

design and site management techniques. Selective<br />

development (ie residences founded on rock, pole<br />

frame). Incorporation as backyard areas in R3 or<br />

R4. Development restrictions in relation to<br />

earthworks, site disturbance, erosion control etc are<br />

likely to apply. Development requires specific<br />

geotechnical investigation.<br />

R3 Residual 10 – 25 Minor to moderate physical limitations to<br />

development. Suitable for residential development<br />

subject to erosion control measures. Geotechnical<br />

investigation appropriate where earthworks in<br />

excess of 1m depth proposed.<br />

R4 Residual


SOILS AND GEOTECHNICAL 22<br />

2.6 Urban Capability And Development Guidelines - SLVA<br />

2.6.1 Foundation Conditions<br />

Subsurface conditions in the SLVA generally comprise clay soils overlying rock at a relatively<br />

shallow depth, typically 0.5m to 1m with some areas of surface rock outcrop. The clay soils<br />

and weathered rock materials noted in the SLVA are generally considered to be of adequate<br />

bearing capacity for residential development.<br />

Specific geotechnical assessment of soil bearing capacity should be undertaken in sand soil<br />

areas of the SLVA (terrain units S1, S2, S3 and S4).<br />

Excavation problems are likely to be encountered where rock is encountered in earthworks.<br />

Testing of rock core recovered by the Department of Public Works for the sewer reticulation<br />

indicates that the rock is of high to very high strength with tested unconfined compressive<br />

strengths in the range of 50 to 150 MPa. The orientation and spacing of rock joints and<br />

fractures will have a major influence on rock excavatability.<br />

Based on the results of linear shrinkage testing and the highly plastic nature as presented in<br />

Table 2-4, the clay soils present in the SLVA are likely to be reactive (expansive). Reactive<br />

clays are soils that swell on wetting and shrink on drying, resulting in ground movements that<br />

can damage lightly loaded structures founded on inappropriately designed footing systems. The<br />

amount of ground movement is mainly related to the physical properties and depth of the clay<br />

and environmental factors such as climate, vegetation and watering. A higher probability of<br />

damage can occur on reactive sites where abnormal moisture conditions occur, due to factors<br />

such as:<br />

• Growth of trees too close to a footing or removal of large trees prior to construction.<br />

• Lack of maintenance of site drainage, failure to repair plumbing leaks and excessive or<br />

irregular watering of gardens adjacent to the house.<br />

• Unusual moisture conditions caused by removal of structures, ground covers (pavements),<br />

drains and dams etc.<br />

Foundation design should be undertaken in accordance with AS2870 – 1996 Residential Slabs<br />

and Footings. AS2870 – 1996 establishes performance requirements and specific designs for<br />

common foundation conditions as well as providing guidance on the design of footing systems<br />

using engineering principles.<br />

2.6.2 Slope Stability<br />

Slope stability zonation for the SLVA is shown on Figure 2-2 with zones defined on the basis<br />

of risk of instability as defined in Table 2-14. Four zones have been defined:<br />

• High Risk - steep (>25-40%) sand covered slopes (ie. in the area of Amaroo Drive and<br />

along the foreshore below Ski Cove Street. Terrain units S3 and S4.<br />

• High Risk - steep (>40%) soil and rock slopes located along some foreshore areas of Symes<br />

Bay. Terrain unit R1.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


SOILS AND GEOTECHNICAL 23<br />

• Medium Risk<br />

terrain unit R3.<br />

- moderate to steep slopes. Terrain unit R2 and steeper sections of<br />

• Low Risk – gentle slopes. Terrain units A, E, S1, S2, R4 and part R3.<br />

Development in high risk zones will require specific geotechnical investigation to assess<br />

project feasibility and the geotechnical design requirements required to reduce risk to<br />

acceptable levels.<br />

Development in medium risk zones should require geotechnical assessment to assess the risk of<br />

slope instability and outline development guidelines and engineering practices appropriate for<br />

hillside construction.<br />

Typical guidelines for residential development on hillslopes are presented in Table 2-16. The<br />

guidelines are not intended for design purposes but to highlight the measures that can be<br />

undertaken in the various risk zones to minimise the risk of overall slope instability and local<br />

instability associated with excavations, fills and retaining walls.<br />

Table 2-16 Development Guidelines on the Basis of Slope Stability<br />

Risk Development Guidelines<br />

Zone<br />

Type of structure High Specific geotechnical investigation<br />

Medium Geotechnical assessment<br />

Flexible structures such as brick veneer, timber or similar are<br />

considered appropriate with measures such as split level design to<br />

minimise slope modification (ie cut and fill)<br />

Low No constraints on the type of residential structure provided all<br />

foundations are designed and constructed in accordance with<br />

AS 2870- 1996, Residential Slabs and Footings<br />

Earthworks High Specific geotechnical investigation<br />

Medium Geotechnical assessment<br />

Restriction on excavation / fill depth and batter slope<br />

Engineered retaining walls<br />

Erosion control<br />

Low Batter slopes for excavations and fills at 2H:1V or flatter with steeper<br />

batters (i.e. rock) subject to specific geotechnical assessment Erosion<br />

control<br />

Filling<br />

In accordance with AS 3798 – 1996, Guidelines on Earthworks for<br />

Commercial and Residential Development<br />

Stormwater<br />

Pipe to street drainage or inter-allotment drainage system<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


SOILS AND GEOTECHNICAL 24<br />

2.6.3 Erosion<br />

The soils of the SLVA have a moderate to high erodibility and are prone to sheet and scour<br />

erosion once disturbed. Development should be undertaken in accordance with Department of<br />

Land and Water Conservation guidelines. The following guidelines can be adopted in <strong>planning</strong><br />

and development to minimise the impact of erosion and sedimentation:<br />

• Investigate site features to ensure that land capability and the proposed development are<br />

compatible.<br />

• Undertake development in accordance with an erosion and sediment control plan.<br />

• Undertake erosion control involving managing runoff at a non- erosive velocity, controlling<br />

runoff onto, through and from the site, minimising the duration and area of soil exposed<br />

during earthworks and providing protection for the soil surface.<br />

• Undertake sediment control involving trapping and containing soil particles that have been<br />

eroded.<br />

• Undertake rehabilitation and re-vegetation of disturbed areas within 14 days of completion<br />

of earthworks. Re-use topsoil.<br />

• Maintain erosion and sediment control measures.<br />

2.6.4 Acid Sulphate Soils<br />

Acid sulphate soil investigation should be undertaken for all developments proposed in the<br />

medium and high risk areas as shown on Figure 2-2. This includes all activities where soils are<br />

to be excavated or disturbed (roadworks, foundations, drains etc) and where groundwater levels<br />

may be lowered (drains, groundwater extraction etc). Investigation should comprise a detailed<br />

soil survey with analytical data on the sulfide content down the profile. The acid producing<br />

potential of the soil needs to be quantified and evaluated in the con<strong>text</strong> of the local<br />

environment.<br />

Where areas of acid sulphate soil are quantified (analytical results exceed the action criteria<br />

outlined in Table 2-7), options are to avoid the area / site identified or undertake development<br />

in accordance with an Acid Sulphate Management Plan. The plan should provide a framework<br />

for the on going management and monitoring of the impacts throughout construction and<br />

operation of any project. The plan should comprise the following:<br />

• A summary of the soil and groundwater conditions.<br />

• Discussion of construction activities likely to impact on ASS.<br />

• The expected degree of impact of construction activities.<br />

• Control and management of construction activities to minimise impact.<br />

• Monitoring requirements to assess impacts.<br />

• Contingencies should monitoring demonstrate the occurrence of significant impact.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


SOILS AND GEOTECHNICAL 25<br />

There are various methods to treat or manage ASS:<br />

• Avoidance of acid sulphate soils.<br />

• Prevention of pyrite oxidation such as burial below the watertable.<br />

• Neutralisation by addition of agents such as lime. Neutralisation is likely to only be a viable<br />

option for sandy soils.<br />

• Separation and treatment (usually only applicable to large scale dredging operations).<br />

2.6.5 On Site Effluent Disposal<br />

The occurrence of moderate slopes, medium to heavy clay subsoils and the shallow depth to<br />

rock are major constraints to the use of on site effluent disposal systems. All septic waste<br />

disposal should be connected to the reticulated system.<br />

2.7 Land Use Capability And Development Guidelines - SLA<br />

2.7.1 Foundation Conditions<br />

Foundation design should be undertaken in accordance with AS2870 – 1996 Residential Slabs<br />

and Footings.<br />

2.7.2 Slope Stability<br />

Slope stability zonation for the SLA is shown on with zones defined on the basis of risk of<br />

instability as defined in Table 2-14. Development guidelines are the same as the SLVA as<br />

outlined in Section 2.6.2.<br />

2.7.3 Erosion<br />

The soils of the SLA have a moderate to high erodibility and are prone to sheet and scour<br />

erosion once disturbed. Development should be undertaken in accordance with guidelines<br />

outlined in Section 2.6.3.<br />

2.7.4 Acid Sulphate Soils<br />

As outlined in Section 2.6.4, acid sulphate soil investigation should be undertaken for all<br />

development proposed in the medium and high risk areas as shown on Figure 2-2.<br />

2.7.5 On Site Effluent Disposal<br />

On site effluent disposal should be subject to specific investigation in accordance with the<br />

guidelines of On-site Sewage Management for Single Households, 1998, prepared by the<br />

Department of Local Government.<br />

Areas of terrain units R3 and R4 and A are the only units likely to meet the above guidelines in<br />

terms of slope gradient, soil type and depth, flooding and proximity to water bodies and<br />

drainage paths. This would need to be confirmed by specific investigation.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


SOILS AND GEOTECHNICAL 26<br />

60<br />

Plasticity Index (%)<br />

50<br />

40<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

0<br />

A-line<br />

0 20 40 60 80 100 120<br />

Liquid Limit (%)<br />

Figure 2-4 Plasticity Chart for Classifying Fine-Grained Soils by Unified Soil<br />

Classification System<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


FLOODING AND DRAINAGE 27<br />

3 FLOODING AND DRAINAGE<br />

3.1 Site Characteristics and Available Data<br />

3.1.1 Topography and Watercourses<br />

The catchments of the major watercourses within the <strong>study</strong> areas are delineated in Figure 3-1.<br />

The majority of the SLA and SLVA drains to Smiths Lake, with the remainder draining to<br />

Wallis Lake. The areas of these major catchments are listed below:<br />

• Wamwarra Creek = 7.2 km 2<br />

• Tarbuck Creek = 2.1 km 2<br />

• Duck Creek = 5.1 km 2<br />

• Wallis Creek = 8.5 km 2<br />

The dominant features of the topography of the <strong>study</strong> area are:<br />

• On the eastern boundary of the SLA, a steep-sided ridge line runs north to south separating<br />

the Wallis Creek catchment from the sea. This ridge is dominated by Yaric peak at 216<br />

mAHD and slopes of up to 50%;<br />

• South-west of the <strong>Lakes</strong> Way, the Wallis Creek catchment is rather low-lying and swampy.<br />

A number of artificial <strong>lake</strong>s have been created possibly from sand mining activities;<br />

• In the centre of the SLA a ridge line running north-west to south-east separate the<br />

Wamwarra Creek and Tarbuck Creek catchments from the Wallis Creek and Duck Creek<br />

catchments.<br />

• In the western portion of the SLA a ridge lines running north-west to south-east separates<br />

Jacks Creek (a tributary of Wamwarra Creek) from the lower catchment of Wamwarra<br />

Creek.<br />

• The SLVA topography is comprised of a number of short ridges running from the north to<br />

the south at Smiths Lake. A number of minor creeks and gullies run between these ridges.<br />

Smiths Lake was formed as a barrier lagoon with a coastal sand dune barrier on the eastern<br />

shore (south-east of the SLVA).<br />

Dunes occur in the eastern part but are more extensive to the east and south of the <strong>study</strong> areas.<br />

Wind movements mainly affect the beach zone but note for example comments in Section<br />

10.5.2 on Symes Bay.<br />

3.1.2 Rainfall and Flood Data<br />

Webb (1998) quotes a Bureau of Meteorology record for Station 60013 (Forster Post Office)<br />

giving an average annual rainfall of 1215 mm and annual median rainfall of 1206 mm for the<br />

period 1896 to 1997.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


FLOODING AND DRAINAGE 28<br />

Based on Australian Rainfall and Runoff (IEAust, 1987), the design rainfall intensities for the<br />

SLA and SLVA are listed in Table 3-1 below.<br />

Average<br />

Table 3-1 Design Rainfall Intensities (mm/h)<br />

Duration<br />

Recurrence Interval 1 hour 12 hour 72 hour<br />

2 years 40.0 8.0 2.5<br />

50 years 76.0 13.6 4.6<br />

Regional skew is listed as 0.01 and F2 and F50 values are listed as 4.32 and 16.15 respectively.<br />

Willing and Partners (1996) states that DLWC and NSW Department of Works and Services<br />

(through Manly Hydraulics Laboratory, MHL) do not operate any gauging stations or have any<br />

data on discharge of flood levels relating to the Smiths Lake catchment.<br />

3.1.3 Groundwater Characteristics<br />

Groundwater within the <strong>study</strong> area occurs in aquifer systems within either fractured rock or<br />

unconsolidated sediments. The Department of Land and Water Conservation has indicated that<br />

there are no registered groundwater sources or bores within the <strong>study</strong> area.<br />

The Carboniferous Age rocks have been subject to considerable folding and faulting and this<br />

has resulted in a network of joints and fractures that can store and transmit water. Groundwater<br />

generally infiltrates fractures near the surface in topographically high areas and drains through<br />

the fractures and joints until it discharges into the surface drainage system. Groundwater<br />

quality within fractured rock aquifers is likely to be variable with higher salinity values in areas<br />

where the sedimentary rocks have a marine origin such as the Yagon Siltstone.<br />

Areas of unconsolidated sediment within the <strong>study</strong> area comprise:<br />

• alluvial sediments (Unit A) along drainage paths. These areas are characterised by clayey<br />

sediments and as such groundwater availability is likely to be very low.<br />

• Estuarine (Unit E) sandy and muddy sediments in low lying coastal backdune areas.<br />

Groundwater availability and quality in these areas can vary considerably due to the<br />

complex depositional history and the interaction between marine and fluviatile<br />

environments. In general, groundwater occurs as lenses of fresh water overlying denser<br />

brackish or saline waters with recharge from rainfall. Groundwater availability in these<br />

areas is likely to be restricted to low yield non potable (drinking) supplies.<br />

• Aeolian (wind blown) coastal sand beds and dunes (Unit S). These sediments are usually<br />

characterised by low salinity, high yield and potable groundwater reserves with recharge<br />

from rainfall. The extent of clean sand beds within the <strong>study</strong> area is restricted to sandhills at<br />

Sandbar. A potential constraint on groundwater usage in the Sandbar area would be the<br />

potential for salt water intrusion with over pumping.<br />

An assessment of groundwater quality is presented in Section 2.3.7.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


FLOODING AND DRAINAGE 29<br />

3.2 Flooding and Drainage Issues<br />

Flooding and drainage issues in the SLA and SLVA is dominated by three types of flooding<br />

resulting in inundation:<br />

• elevated ocean levels;<br />

• creek flooding;<br />

• combination of both of these.<br />

These issues are discussed further below.<br />

3.2.1 Elevated Ocean Levels<br />

Elevated ocean levels have the potential to result on rises in Smiths Lake water levels due to<br />

sea water flowing from the sea to Smiths Lake via the entrance (either open or closed). These<br />

elevated ocean levels can be the result of any one or a combination of the following natural<br />

causes, briefly described below:<br />

• Wind Set-up: When strong wind blows over an open body of water (eg. during a cyclone<br />

as wind blows from the east over the ocean), drag forces result in a transportation of water<br />

towards the coast causing a rise in water level.<br />

• Inverse Barometric Effect: Cyclones and other low pressure systems are accompanied by a<br />

drop in atmospheric pressure resulting in a flow of water from high pressure areas to the<br />

areas experiencing low pressure. When combined with wind se-up, this effect is called<br />

Storm Surge;<br />

• Wave Set-up: Wave set-up occurs shoreward of the breaker zone resulting in a concave<br />

upward shape of the water surface. At the shore this causes a rise in water level.<br />

• High Tides: Normal tidal variations result in two high tides per day. When these coincide<br />

with the other phenomena described here, then the peak water levels can occur;<br />

• Eustatic Changes (ie. The Greenhouse Effect): Increasing concentrations within the<br />

earth’s atmosphere of various gases, largely derived from the burning of fossil fuels, are<br />

trapping solar radiation. The resulting global warming (enhanced Greenhouse effect) has<br />

the potential to change weather systems, rainfall patterns, wind velocities and, significantly,<br />

cause mean sea level to rise. CSIRO (1998) states that sea level rise by 2050 is expected to<br />

be between 10cm and 40cm, with a ‘best guess’ of 20cm.<br />

It is a large and complex <strong>study</strong> to consider the effects of all of these factors to result in a peak<br />

ocean elevated level for <strong>planning</strong> purposes. A <strong>study</strong> of this size is beyond the scope of this<br />

<strong>study</strong>. However, estimates can be drawn from nearby studies of a similar nature.<br />

In 1989 AWACS assessed the elevated ocean levels at the two Manning River entrances at<br />

Harrington and Old Bar (Farquhar Inlet). Given that the latter entrance is similar in nature to<br />

the Smiths Lake entrance (ie. shallow and sometimes closed) as well as only 50km to the north<br />

of the <strong>study</strong> area, it is reasonable to assume that the elevated ocean levels will be similar.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


FLOODING AND DRAINAGE 30<br />

The AWACS <strong>study</strong> concluded that the elevated ocean levels for Old Bar are those listed in<br />

Table 3-2. However, due to this <strong>study</strong> being completed in 1989, it did not account for the<br />

Greenhouse Effect. Hence, a conservative value of 0.2m is added to the Old Bar values to<br />

derive appropriate levels for <strong>planning</strong> purposes.<br />

Average Recurrence<br />

Interval (years)<br />

Table 3-2 Elevated Ocean Levels<br />

Old Bar Levels (mAHD)<br />

(from AWACS, 1989)<br />

Recommended Smiths<br />

Lake Levels (mAHD)<br />

20 1.9 2.1<br />

50 2.0 2.2<br />

100 2.1 2.3<br />

During a cyclonic event that would result in such elevated ocean levels, it is conceivable that<br />

ocean water would flow into Smiths Lake with little hindrance from the entrance. Hence, it<br />

could be conservatively assumed that these ocean levels are a useful guide for extreme levels<br />

within Smiths Lake.<br />

In considering the combination of runoff into Smiths Lake adding to these levels, it needs to be<br />

recognised that the resulting <strong>lake</strong> level will only be sufficient to maintain the hydraulic gradient<br />

from the <strong>lake</strong> to the ocean for draining the catchment runoff. Given the relative efficiency of<br />

the entrance (ie. compared with a river), it is unlikely that this level will be significantly higher<br />

than that in the ocean.<br />

It is also possible that a cyclone could result in significant erosion of the entrance. This would<br />

allow penetration of ocean waves into Smiths Lake causing higher levels of inundation due to<br />

wave setup on the east-facing shores. However, to quantify and confirm this phenomena is a<br />

complex task requiring consideration of such issues as <strong>lake</strong> bathymetry, storm orientation and<br />

entrance conditions. It is suggested that assessment of this issue could be included in a coastal<br />

hazard <strong>study</strong>.<br />

3.2.2 Creek Flooding<br />

RAFTS-XP Modelling<br />

As described in Section 3.1.1, there are a number of watercourses in the SLA. The flood flows<br />

associated with these catchments were analysed using the runoff routing program RAFTS-XP.<br />

Each of the major catchments was modelled using site characteristics such as area, slope, creek<br />

shape, degree of urbanisation and vegetation cover.<br />

1% AEP Design Flows<br />

Using the design rainfall data presented in Section 3.1.2, design flood events were simulated<br />

using the RAFTS-XP models of the catchments. The critical durations for the catchments were<br />

in the order of one hour. The peak flows for the 1% AEP flood events are shown in Figure 3-2<br />

for the major catchments.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


FLOODING AND DRAINAGE 31<br />

3.2.3 Floodway, Flood Fringe and Flood Storage Areas<br />

Hydrological runoff routing modelling, as described above, will allow quantification of the<br />

flows resulting from specific design rainfall events. However, in order to define peak flood<br />

levels, these flows are used as input into hydraulic models (eg. MIKE-11, HEC-RAS etc).<br />

These models require accurate definition of creek cross-sections and flood storage details.<br />

This level of survey data was not available for this <strong>study</strong>. Hence, it was not possible to<br />

accurately define the boundaries of floodways without this detailed hydraulic modelling.<br />

In order to assist with the <strong>planning</strong> process of this <strong>study</strong>, estimations of areas of floodway,<br />

flood fringe and flood storage were determined based on the derived peak flows and the limited<br />

topographical information available (2m contour intervals from photogrammetry). These<br />

estimated areas are presented in Figure 3-3.<br />

This figure also shows an approximation of the 2.3 mAHD contour as the flood storage<br />

delineation based on elevated ocean levels. Due to the steepness of most of the catchments and<br />

the probability that the peak runoff will not be associated with a cyclonic event resulting in<br />

elevated <strong>lake</strong> levels, there would be little effect of this tailwater level of 2.3 mAHD on creek<br />

flooding behaviour.<br />

It is difficult to justify detailed hydraulic modelling of all catchments in the SLA if only a<br />

portion of the area will be developed. It is, therefore, recommended that detailed hydraulic<br />

modelling be limited to those areas proposed for development and that these studies be carried<br />

out in conjunction with the regular <strong>planning</strong> approvals process (eg. DA). This will allow an<br />

appropriate focus on the watercourses of interest to each particular development proposal.<br />

3.3 Impacts of Development<br />

3.3.1 Impacts of Residential Development on Flooding<br />

The most significant impact of residential (or commercial) development on catchment<br />

hydrology is a resulting increase in peak flow and <strong>volume</strong> of runoff. This is due to the increase<br />

in impervious areas associated with development. These impervious areas allow less<br />

infiltration (ie. more rainfall becomes runoff) and are also more hydraulically efficient (ie.<br />

runoff flows faster to the catchment outlet).<br />

As an example of the possible increases in peak flow and runoff for the SLA, a simulation of<br />

the development of the entire Tarbuck Creek catchment to medium density residential area was<br />

conducted. It was assumed for this assessment that the impervious portion of the developed<br />

catchment was 30%. It was also assumed that there are no detention measures employed within<br />

the developed catchment.<br />

The resulting increases in runoff are presented in Figure 3-4. This figure shows a resulting<br />

increase in peak flow of approximately 34.4% and an increase in runoff <strong>volume</strong> of 34.5%.<br />

These percentage increases would be higher for smaller catchments and for higher densities of<br />

development.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


FLOODING AND DRAINAGE 32<br />

60<br />

50<br />

Natural<br />

Urbanised<br />

40<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

0<br />

0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 Time 1 (hours) 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2 2.2<br />

Figure 3-4 Impacts of Development on Tarbuck Creek 1% AEP Flows<br />

These higher flows and greater runoff <strong>volume</strong>s will also result in higher flood levels and<br />

increased velocities. This usually causes scour of the creek bed and under-cutting of creek<br />

banks. The subsequent bank slump into the creek can produce sedimentation of the creeks<br />

further downstream where slopes are flatter and velocities are lower. This sedimentation is in<br />

addition to the increased sediment load coming from the catchment through inappropriate<br />

construction practices.<br />

All of the impacts described above are able to be mitigated to varying degrees through the<br />

implementation of a workable Stormwater Management Plan. A plan would need to be created<br />

for each area of land to be developed taking into account the specifics of the site’s<br />

characteristics (eg. soil types, slopes, type of development). These issues are discussed in more<br />

detail in Section 4.<br />

3.3.2 Impacts of Filling for Residential Development in SLVA<br />

The primary impacts on the hydrological regime of filling for residential development include:<br />

• loss of flood storage causing increased flood levels in some circumstances; and<br />

• loss of floodway conveyance causing reduced flow capacity, increased velocities and flood<br />

levels.<br />

These two impacts are discussed below.<br />

Loss of Flood Storage<br />

In applying the first of these principles to the SLA, an important characteristic of the flood<br />

behaviour requires consideration. As described in Section 3.2.1, the peak flood levels around<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


FLOODING AND DRAINAGE 33<br />

the perimeter of the <strong>lake</strong> are dominated by elevated ocean levels. It has been assumed that the<br />

level in Smiths Lake will rise during cyclonic events due to inflow of water from the ocean to<br />

the <strong>lake</strong>.<br />

This filling, and the ultimate peak level, is independent of the <strong>volume</strong> of available flood storage<br />

in Smiths Lake. The <strong>lake</strong> will continue to fill until an equal level is reached in both the <strong>lake</strong><br />

and the ocean.<br />

Hence, the filling of flood storage land around the perimeter of the <strong>lake</strong> will not result in an<br />

increase in the peak flood levels predicted for the <strong>lake</strong>.<br />

Loss of Conveyance<br />

If filling takes place on land that is currently designated as floodway (or even flood fringe),<br />

there will be a loss of flood conveyance resulting in increased flood levels and velocities. It is<br />

difficult to properly mitigate against these impacts and should be avoided if possible. Creek<br />

banks can be protected from scour by rock protection, but this can also result in the loss of<br />

riparian vegetation and changes to the hydrological behaviour of the creek system (eg. flood<br />

timings etc).<br />

3.3.3 Impacts of Residential Development on Groundwater<br />

Residential development will result in an increase in impervious areas causing a decrease in the<br />

<strong>volume</strong> of water infiltrating to the groundwater table as recharge. In the clay and rock areas<br />

(Figure 2-1), groundwater recharge through infiltration of the low permeability clay and<br />

weather rock is likely to be minimal and as such the potential impact of residential development<br />

in these areas on groundwater levels is likely to be negligible. The degree to which residential<br />

development would lower the groundwater levels in the higher permeability sand areas will<br />

depend on the ratio of impervious surface area to uncovered areas. This ratio would need to be<br />

relatively high before a noticable lowering of groundwater levels occured. The effects may be<br />

minimised by other factors such as the groundwater gradient and recharge from adjacent areas.<br />

If some of the recommended stormwater management measures involving infiltration (see<br />

Section 4) are adopted, then there is potential for a lessening of this effect. However, there is<br />

also the potential for an increase in the pollutant load in the groundwater from the urban<br />

stormwater.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


STORMWATER MANAGEMENT 34<br />

4 STORMWATER MANAGEMENT<br />

4.1 Introduction<br />

This section of the report assesses stormwater management requirements for both the SLA and<br />

SLVA. The approach taken in regard to this issue, and the findings of our assessments are<br />

closely related to the Water Quality Sensitivity Mapping activities discussed in Section 7.<br />

In accordance with acceptable and contemporary stormwater management <strong>planning</strong> practice,<br />

this <strong>study</strong> has not just considered stormwater from a drainage perspective. An holistic<br />

viewpoint has been taken, making appropriate stormwater management recommendations<br />

based on the consideration of a wide range of issues, including the following:<br />

• receiving water environmental and ambient quality characteristics;<br />

• catchment characteristics such as slope, soil type and vegetation cover; and<br />

• development characteristics, such as urban density and how stormwater infrastructure can<br />

be integrated within urban area layouts.<br />

In this regard, firstly the receiving environment characteristics of the <strong>study</strong> catchments are<br />

described, and whole of catchment stormwater/pollutant export objectives are specified.<br />

Subsequently, relevant stormwater management actions that are recommended to apply across<br />

the entire catchment are introduced, and finally additional actions required in areas of specific<br />

stormwater related ‘sensitivity’ are discussed.<br />

4.2 Receiving Environment Implications<br />

Section 7.2 of this report presents a summary of available water quality data for both Wallis<br />

and Smiths <strong>Lakes</strong>. Other discussion contained in Section 7 introduces the recommendations of<br />

this <strong>study</strong> that there be a ‘no worsening’ criteria applied with respect to non-point source<br />

(stormwater) pollutant export. This recommendation is a key influence on the acceptable<br />

nature of development and stormwater infrastructure within the SLA and SLVA.<br />

4.3 Whole of Study Area Considerations<br />

As described above, both Smiths and Wallis <strong>Lakes</strong> are sensitive to significant changes in<br />

catchment/stormwater pollutant export. The basic reasons for this are:<br />

• Smiths Lake is in an almost ‘natural’ condition and has little capacity for assimilating<br />

change in catchment loads due to the long retention times of the <strong>lake</strong> and occasional vertical<br />

water column stratification; and<br />

• Wallis Lake nutrient levels are already higher than desirable due to other catchment inputs<br />

and the poor flushing characteristics of the southern sections of the <strong>lake</strong>.<br />

Given the above, this <strong>planning</strong> <strong>study</strong> must aim for a no worsening scenario with future<br />

development in terms of total stormwater pollutant export to the <strong>lake</strong>s.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


STORMWATER MANAGEMENT 35<br />

This <strong>study</strong> aims to achieve this goal via a three-fold approach, as follows:<br />

• the development of a range of overall site/catchment drainage <strong>planning</strong> principles (or Best<br />

Planning Practices (BPP’s));<br />

• the development of a ‘suite’ of relevant stormwater Best Management Practices (BMP’s) to<br />

be applied in association with the aforementioned BPP’s; and<br />

• use of catchment/receiving water quality sensitivity mapping, (Section 7) to identify areas<br />

which will require ‘extra’ attention.<br />

In this regard, we propose that those areas of low, moderate and high receiving water quality<br />

sensitivity identified in Section 7 of this <strong>study</strong> be directed to apply progressively greater ranges<br />

of the aforementioned BPP’s and BMP’s in order to guarantee environmental protection.<br />

Figure 4-1 Water Resource Planning Units<br />

The above approach is compatible with the Water Sensitive<br />

Urban Design (WSUD) approach promulgated in Whelans<br />

et. al. (1994). Two figures are reproduced from this<br />

reference in Figures 4.1 and 4.2 which illustrate both the<br />

proposed approach of using sensitivity mapping to identify<br />

appropriate water resources <strong>planning</strong> units (Figure 4.1) and<br />

how BMP’s and BPP’s combine to achieve an appropriate<br />

design (Figure 4.2).<br />

It should be noted at this point that the <strong>study</strong> brief called for<br />

the conceptual design of four systems including ‘traditional’,<br />

‘non-traditional’ and one based on maximising infiltration.<br />

WBM Oceanics Australia see no logical reason for such<br />

works as:<br />

• a ‘traditional’ design would violate the defined no<br />

worsening criteria for pollutant export, and as such<br />

is unacceptable;<br />

• a ‘non-traditional’ system is what is proposed; and<br />

• a system which solely maximises infiltration<br />

ignores the wide range of other stormwater<br />

management and treatment mechanisms (filtration,<br />

detention etc) and is unlikely on its own to achieve<br />

the no-worsening criteria.<br />

Figure 4-2 Water Sensitive Design Overview<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


STORMWATER MANAGEMENT 36<br />

4.4 Recommended Stormwater Best Planning Practices<br />

Definition and description of BPP’s can be difficult, and often overlaps somewhat with the<br />

more straightforward definition of BMP’s. The relevant overall site and <strong>planning</strong> principles<br />

recommended by this <strong>study</strong> for areas draining to both Wallis and Smiths <strong>Lakes</strong> are as follows.<br />

4.4.1 Protect all existing waterways<br />

Nearly all of the waterways/creeks in the <strong>study</strong> area are in a near-pristine condition due to the<br />

low density of existing urban development and lack of previous broad land clearing (Figure 4.3<br />

and Figure 4.4). Preservation and use of these waterways as sympathetic drainage corridors to<br />

Wallis and Smiths <strong>Lakes</strong> is recommended via the following actions:<br />

• Allow no development or significant disturbance within 30m of the centerline of existing<br />

waterways. This buffer area will:<br />

◊<br />

◊<br />

◊<br />

protect stream banks from erosion;<br />

filter runoff before it enters the stream; and<br />

encourage stormwater infiltration<br />

• Ensure careful design and construction of any waterway crossings.<br />

• Ensure that where concentrated stormwater is directed ‘into’ these buffers, that appropriate<br />

measures (eg. level spreaders) are used to distribute flow, preventing gully type erosion.<br />

Figure 4-3 Existing SLVA Waterway Corridors<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


STORMWATER MANAGEMENT 37<br />

Figure 4-4 Existing SLVA Waterway Corridors<br />

4.4.2 Careful Design of Sewerage System<br />

<strong>Council</strong> should consider the application of ‘extra’ design factors of safety on sewerage systems<br />

within the area to minimise the incidence of sewer overflows and spills. Such extra factors<br />

could include the following:<br />

• larger wet well capacities;<br />

• prominent alarms; and<br />

• regular checking/inspection of illegal connections and tree roots infestation of sewers.<br />

4.4.3 Appropriate Development Layouts<br />

It is proposed that the existing creeks within the <strong>study</strong> area be used as ‘trunk’ stormwater<br />

conveyance mechanisms to Wallis and Smiths Lake. Outside the buffers recommended for the<br />

creeks, we recommend that the following general development layout practices be considered:<br />

• place ‘feeder’ roads serving allotments around natural contours, and use appropriate road<br />

scale BMP’s (see Section 4.5);<br />

• larger lot sizes are recommended, especially for the areas identified in Section 7as having<br />

moderate and high receiving water quality impact potential. For such larger lot sizes,<br />

consideration should be given to having no formal stormwater drainage ‘network’, relying<br />

on overland flow, swales, rainwater tanks and infiltration measures; and<br />

• adopt development layouts which retain natural vegetation.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


STORMWATER MANAGEMENT 38<br />

4.4.4 Retention of Vegetation<br />

Where possible, as much native/existing vegetation as possible should be retained. This<br />

vegetation serves a key role in reducing soil erosion (through minimising the impact velocity of<br />

rain drops) and maintaining the soil-water balance. Much of the present SLVA development<br />

area has been undertaken in a way which achieves this goal.<br />

4.4.5 Minimisation of Directly Connected Impervious Area<br />

Wherever possible, impervious areas should not (Figure 4.5) be directly connected to trunk<br />

stormwater drainage systems. Opportunities should be explored to:<br />

• connect impervious areas to dedicated infiltration areas;<br />

• reduce the amount of impervious area by substituting modular pavers for concrete for<br />

example; and<br />

• reuse or recycle impervious area runoff (eg. rainwater tanks)<br />

Figure 4-5 Example of Directly Connected Impervious Area<br />

4.4.6 Education and Awareness<br />

Especially in the case of Smiths Lake, <strong>Council</strong> will need to consider the preparation of<br />

appropriate education and awareness raising material for council officers, builders and<br />

residents. This material will need to encompass both construction and operational stormwater<br />

issues, and is particularly important given the ‘non-traditional’ nature of proposed site<br />

stormwater management recommendations.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


STORMWATER MANAGEMENT 39<br />

4.4.7 Sediment and Erosion Control<br />

Particular attention will be required to sediment and erosion control measures within the <strong>lake</strong><br />

catchments. Due to the steep slope within much of the catchment of Smiths Lake, this will be a<br />

particular issue in this area. <strong>Council</strong> should consider extra requirements and greater<br />

surveillance/policing in this regard.<br />

4.4.8 Avoidance<br />

One stormwater BPP that <strong>Council</strong> should seriously consider for those areas identified as having<br />

high receiving water impact sensitivity may be avoidance. That is, no development/disturbance<br />

allowed within these areas.<br />

4.5 Recommended Stormwater Best Management Practices<br />

Descriptions are provided below of a ‘suite’ of BMP’s. Section 4.6 of this report provides<br />

recommendations of appropriate relationships between BPP’s, BMP’s and defined levels of<br />

receiving water quality sensitivity proposed for the <strong>study</strong> area.<br />

4.5.1 Rainwater Tanks<br />

Figure 4-6 Existing SLVA Rainwater Tanks<br />

Rainwater tanks are<br />

recommended for all future<br />

residential developments in the<br />

area. Many houses in the SLVA<br />

already have rainwater tanks<br />

(Figure 4.6). WBM Oceanics<br />

Australia strongly recommend<br />

that <strong>Council</strong> consider the use of<br />

rainwater tanks as a source of<br />

water supply for toilet flushing,<br />

as well as possible non-potable<br />

(and maybe potable) use within<br />

the house.<br />

Rainwater tank overflow should be directed to appropriately designated infiltration measures<br />

(see Section 4.5.2 below).<br />

4.5.2 On-Site Infiltration<br />

Excess stormwater/rainwater from households should be directed to suitably designed and<br />

constructed infiltration measures (Figure 4.7). Given the predominantly sandy nature of much<br />

of the soils in the SLVA, such infiltration will be very effective in controlling stormwater<br />

quantity and quality.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


STORMWATER MANAGEMENT 40<br />

Figure 4-7 Stormwater Infiltration Measures<br />

4.5.3 Overland Flow/Vegetation Filtration<br />

Wherever possible, excess stormwater should be passed off-site as diffuse overland flow,<br />

preferably being directed through areas of dense vegetation to both slow flows, filter pollutants,<br />

and encourage infiltration. Use of locally specific, native vegetation is preferred.<br />

Figure 4-8 Overland Flow<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


STORMWATER MANAGEMENT 41<br />

4.5.4 Swale Drainage<br />

Given the sandy nature of soils of much of the SLA and SLVA areas, swale drainage is<br />

recommended. Experience elsewhere in Australia and overseas has shown swales to be an<br />

extremely effective component of a stormwater treatment system where:<br />

• slopes are moderate (1000m 2 ) are<br />

proposed.<br />

With appropriate road layouts (ie. placing minor<br />

roads around contours), these criteria can all be<br />

satisfied in the area.<br />

There are many unintentional (and in some cases<br />

very steeply sloping) examples of such swales<br />

already present within the SLVA (Figure 4.9).<br />

Figure 4-9 Existing Roadside Swale - SLVA<br />

4.5.5 Appropriate Housing Form<br />

One of the major potential<br />

impacts that could occur due to<br />

expanded development of some<br />

of the steeper portions of the<br />

SLVA will occur during the<br />

housing construction phase. In<br />

this regard, WBM Oceanics<br />

Australia strongly recommend<br />

that for all areas identified as<br />

having high water quality<br />

sensitivity, that only ‘pole’<br />

housing (which has minimal lot<br />

scale earth disturbance) be<br />

allowed. In many areas of SLVA<br />

(Figure 4.10), such housing is<br />

presently used with considerable<br />

success.<br />

Figure 4-10 Existing Pole House - SLVA<br />

For areas with moderate sensitivity, all efforts should be made to minimise earthworks,<br />

possibly by allowing ‘combined’ slab on ground and pole housing. We would recommend<br />

‘conventional’ slab on ground construction only for areas of low sensitivity.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


STORMWATER MANAGEMENT 42<br />

4.5.6 Wastewater System BMP’s<br />

For sites that are unable to be connected to a reticulated sewerage system, careful design,<br />

construction and operation of wastewater treatment and disposal systems is recommended.<br />

Rather than ‘automatic’ adoption of a septic system, consideration should be given to<br />

innovative wastewater disposal and reuse option such as:<br />

• on site wastewater treatment (eg. Biocycle units) with storage and irrigation and discharge<br />

to infiltration areas only under wet weather conditions;<br />

• grey water treatment and reuse;<br />

• mounding and transpiration systems; and<br />

• composting toilets.<br />

4.5.7 Wetlands and Detention Basins<br />

The use of major structural measures such as wetlands, <strong>lake</strong>s and detention basins to manage<br />

stormwater is not considered relevant to the SLVA due to the local land form and the<br />

environmental significance and heavily vegetated nature of waterways in the area. For those<br />

portions of the larger SLA however, there may be potential for the application of such measures<br />

within more sparsely vegetated or cleared land draining to Wallis Lake via Duck and Wallis<br />

Creeks.<br />

4.6 Stormwater Management Requirements<br />

Previous sections have presented a ‘suite’ of <strong>planning</strong> and management practices which, when<br />

appropriately combined, will enable sustainable development in the SLA and SLVA area.<br />

Table 4.1 below provides <strong>Council</strong> with appropriate recommendations with respect to how these<br />

separate <strong>planning</strong> and management practices could be combined for each of the areas of<br />

sensitivity of receiving water quality protection identified in Section 7.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


STORMWATER MANAGEMENT 43<br />

Table 4-1 Stormwater Management Requirements<br />

Receiving Water Quality<br />

Sensitivity Ranking<br />

Low<br />

Moderate<br />

High<br />

BPP’s<br />

• Moderate Density<br />

• Appropriate Layouts<br />

⇒ waterway buffers<br />

⇒ WSUD road layout<br />

• Extra sewerage system<br />

measures<br />

• Vegetation retention<br />

• Education and Awareness<br />

• Low-Moderate Density<br />

• Minimise DCIA<br />

• Additional sediment and<br />

erosion control<br />

• Other measures from above<br />

• Avoidance?<br />

• Low Density<br />

• High sediment and erosion<br />

control measures<br />

• Other measures from above<br />

BMP’s<br />

• Roadside swales<br />

• Rainwater tanks<br />

• On-site infiltration<br />

• Overland flow<br />

• Wetlands and basins (Wallis<br />

Lake only)<br />

• Wastewater system BMP’s<br />

• Combined pole/slab on ground<br />

housing<br />

• Other measures from above<br />

• Pole housing only<br />

• No vegetation disturbance or<br />

clearing<br />

• Careful site access/driveway<br />

<strong>planning</strong><br />

• Other measures from above<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


FLORA 44<br />

5 FLORA<br />

5.1 Methodology for Vegetation Mapping<br />

5.1.1 Air Photo Interpretation<br />

5.1.1.1 Photo Typing<br />

The vegetation of the reserves has been mapped by means of air photo interpretation (API).<br />

The stereo-paired colour photography used were specifically for the Smiths Lake Study at a<br />

scale of 1:20000. Preliminary stratification of the vegetation into photo types was undertaken<br />

by reference to such diagnostic features as colour, <strong>text</strong>ure, crown architecture, aspect and<br />

topographic position. A process of preliminary stratification, selective field sampling and<br />

specification and interpretation adjustment was continued until a satisfactory level of<br />

confidence in photo type recognition was reached.<br />

5.1.1.2 Ground Truthing<br />

The selective field sampling (ground truthing) was undertaken over a period of 16 days from<br />

October 1998 to January 1999. During this process observations were made of the structure<br />

and floristic composition of each photo type. A species checklist was also compiled during this<br />

fieldwork, which is provided in Appendix D.<br />

5.1.1.3 Mapping<br />

The boundaries of the photo types, which are generally analogous to plant communities, were<br />

digitised from the aerial photographs using MapInfo software. The Smiths Lake Village Area<br />

was mapped at a scale of 1:5000, while the remainder of the <strong>study</strong> area was mapped at 1:10000.<br />

5.1.2 Plot-Based Surveys<br />

5.1.2.1 Site Selection<br />

The location of sites for the plot-based sampling was undertaken using air photo patterns<br />

derived above. A single 20 x 20 metre plot was placed in each of the 25 vegetation community<br />

in the Smiths Lake Area.<br />

5.1.2.2 Data Collection<br />

A number of attributes were measured or estimated for each plot including floristic<br />

composition, vegetation structure, aspect, elevation, slope, topographic position and any forms<br />

of disturbance.<br />

5.2 Vegetation Communities<br />

Twenty-five (25) vegetation communities were identified in the Smiths Lake Area and these are<br />

described in summary on the next few pages, in relation to their structural and floristic<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


FLORA 45<br />

characteristics. Some vegetation units are mapped showing a duel vegetation type. This occurs<br />

where it is difficult to assign a single type to an area due to the complexity of the vegetation.<br />

There is also small areas of disturbed woodland and regrowth in the area and these<br />

communities are also described below. Figure 5.1 shows the distribution of the vegetation<br />

communities in the Smiths Lake Area and Smiths Lake Village Area.<br />

5.2.1 Palm (7)<br />

Structure: This is a closed forest, usually with a low canopy only reaching 10-15 metres high.<br />

The shrub and herb layers vary from dense to sparse depending upon canopy density.<br />

Floristic Description: This community is dominated by palms, either as a monoculture or a<br />

combination of cabbage tree palm (Livistonia australis) and bangalow palm (Archontophoenix<br />

cunninghamiana). The shrub layer is dominated by rainforest species, usually including lilly<br />

pilly’s (Acmena smithii and Syzygium spp.). Where it has been exposed to disturbance this<br />

community is sometimes infested with lantana (Lantana camara). The herb layer includes a<br />

variety of ferns and grasses.<br />

Distribution: This forest type occurs in small stands in very moist, sheltered gullies, often<br />

surrounded by other moist forests and rainforests. In the <strong>study</strong> area it is found in the more<br />

steeply sloping lands, using on south-facing slopes. It occurs to the south of Pacific Palms and<br />

to the north of Tarbuck Bay, covering an area of 35.1 hectares.<br />

5.2.2 Myrtle (23)<br />

Structure: This forest type has a low, dense canopy usually only reaching 8-10 metres in<br />

height. The shrub layer is usually sparse to non-existent, while the herb layer is also very<br />

sparse. Occasional emergent old-growth eucalypts occur in this community.<br />

Floristic Description: This community is dominated by brown myrtle (Choricarpia<br />

leptopetala). A number of other rainforest species are present in low numbers. The shrub layer<br />

is composed of small canopy species or lantana (Lantana camara). The ground cover is<br />

dominated by ferns and sedges. Emergents include grey gum (Eucalyptus propinqua),<br />

turpentine (Syncarpia glomulifera) and brush box (Lephostemon confertus).<br />

Distribution: This community type only occurs in a sheltered depression to the south of Pacific<br />

Palms. It occupies an area of 17 hectares.<br />

5.2.3 Tuckeroo (24)<br />

Structure: This forest type has a low, dense canopy usually only reaching 10 metres in height.<br />

The shrub layer is usually sparse to non-existent, while the herb layer is also very sparse.<br />

Floristic Description: This community is usually dominated by tuckeroo (Cupaniopsis<br />

anarcardioides). A number of other rainforest species are occasionally present, while coastal<br />

banksia (Banksia integrifolia ssp integrifolia) is present as an emergent. The shrub layer is<br />

composed of small canopy species or lantana (Lantana camara). The ground cover is<br />

dominated by ferns and lomandras.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


FLORA 46<br />

Distribution: This community type only occurs in the <strong>study</strong> area as a duel type with forest type<br />

25 described below. It occurs in a small patch, of 0.2 hectares, on the south-eastern edge of the<br />

<strong>study</strong> area.<br />

5.2.4 Littoral Rainforest (25)<br />

Structure: This community has a low to tall closed tree canopy which varies in height from 10-<br />

25 metres. The shrub layer, varies from sparse to mid-dense and consists of rainforest species<br />

of varying heights. The herb layer is usually very sparse.<br />

Floristic Description: This community is dominated by yellow tulipwood (Drypetes<br />

australasica), lilly pilly (Acmena smithii), red olive plum (Cassine australis var. australis) and<br />

Sarcomelicope simplicifolia ssp. simplicifolia. Common shrub species include native holly<br />

(Alchornea ilicifolia), Cleistanthus cunninghamii, black plum (Diospyros australis) and veiny<br />

wilkiea (Wilkiea huegeliana). The herb layer is dominated by a variety of ferns including rasp<br />

fern (Doodia aspera) and shield fern (Lastreopsis decomposita).<br />

Distribution: This forest type is found in sheltered gullies and slopes in mountainous areas. In<br />

the <strong>study</strong> area it is only to the south of Pacific Palms, covering an area of 9.7 hectares.<br />

5.2.5 Swamp Mahogany (30)<br />

Structure: This is an open to closed forest to 25 metres in height. The shrub layer is usually<br />

very sparse or non-existent, however the ground cover is usually very dense.<br />

Floristic Description: The canopy is dominated by swamp mahogany (Eucalyptus robusta).<br />

Occasionally other species will also occur in the canopy, including broad-leaved paperbark<br />

(Melaleuca quinquenervia) and swamp she-oak (Casuarina glauca). The understorey is<br />

composed of herbs and shrubs which tolerate impeded drainage, such as swamp water-fern<br />

(Blechnum indicum) and saw-sedges (Gahnia spp.).<br />

Distribution: This forest is typically found on heavy, poorly drained soils near the coast. It<br />

grades into paperbark or swamp oak forest as drainage becomes further impeded. In the <strong>study</strong><br />

area this community is found to the east of the <strong>Lakes</strong> Way, in a small patch on the northern<br />

edge of Wamwarra Bay and in the far north-western corner of the <strong>study</strong> area near the State<br />

Forest. It occupies 24 hectares of the Smiths Lake Area.<br />

5.2.6 Paperbark (31)<br />

Structure: This community has a closed tree canopy usually between 10 and 25 metres. The<br />

ground layer is usually dense, however, the shrub layer varies from being non- existent to<br />

sparse.<br />

Floristic Description: The dominant tree is broad-leaved paperbark (Melaleuca<br />

quinquenervia), which is often the only tree species present. Occasionally, other melaleuca’s<br />

dominate the stand including prickly-leaved paperbark (M. styphelioides) and snow-in-summer<br />

(M. lineariifolia). Other associates include swamp oak (Casuarina glauca) and swamp<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


FLORA 47<br />

mahogany (Eucalyptus robusta). The herb layer consists of a variety of swamp tolerant species<br />

including swamp water-fern (Blechnum indicum) and Restio tetraphyllus ssp. meiostachyus<br />

Distribution: This forest type is found on very poorly drained soils where water may cover the<br />

surface for prolonged periods. In the <strong>study</strong> area this community predominantly occurs to the<br />

east of the <strong>Lakes</strong> Way, however a small area of this community is also found on the northern<br />

edge of Wamwarra Bay. This community covers 93.1 hectares of the Smiths Lake Area.<br />

5.2.7 Swamp Oak (32)<br />

Structure: This community has an open to partially closed canopy, usually only reaching 15<br />

metres in height. The herb layer is sparse to dense, while the shrub layer is non-existent or<br />

limited to isolated individuals.<br />

Floristic Description: Swamp oak (Casuarina glauca) dominates this community, usually in<br />

pure stands. Broad-leaved paperbark (Melaleuca quinquenervia) may also occur in small<br />

numbers. The ground cover is dominated by sedges, usually tolerant of saline conditions such<br />

as jointed twigrush (Baumea juncea).<br />

Distribution: This forest type is found on very poorly drained sites, probably under the<br />

influence of greater soil salinity than the paperbark forests. This community is only found in a<br />

few small patches in the northern corner of the <strong>study</strong> area adjacent to Wallis Creek. It only<br />

occupies 1.5 hectares of the Smiths Lake Area.<br />

5.2.8 Moist Blackbutt (36)<br />

Structure: This community has a closed to partially closed canopy which reaches up to 40<br />

metres in height. The shrub layer is usually dense, although it can occasionally be sparse. The<br />

ground cover is usually mid-dense to dense.<br />

Floristic Description: The dominant tree species in this forest type is blackbutt (Eucalyptus<br />

pilularis), which may occur in pure stands. Other common associates include tallowwood (E.<br />

microcorys), grey gum (E. propinqua), flooded gum (E. grandis), turpentine (Syncarpia<br />

glomulifera) and brush box (Lephostemon confertus). The shrub layer includes a variety of<br />

species such as laurels (Cryptcarya microneura and C. rigida), Maiden’s wattle (Acacia<br />

maidenii) and common hop bush (Dodonaea triquetra). Ground cover is dominated by ferns<br />

and grasses.<br />

Distribution: This forest type occurs on relatively sheltered south or south-east facing slopes in<br />

the area. In the <strong>study</strong> area this community is found in and around the Smiths Lake Village<br />

Area and near Sugar Creek Road. It occupies 107 hectares of the Smiths <strong>Lakes</strong> <strong>study</strong> area.<br />

5.2.9 Dry Blackbutt (37)<br />

Structure: This forest type has an open to closed forest canopy from 30-35 metres in height.<br />

The shrub layer is usually sparse, while the herb layer is dense.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


FLORA 48<br />

Floristic Description: The canopy is dominated by blackbutt (Eucalyptus pilularis), with other<br />

associated species including stringybarks (E. eugenoides or E. agglomerata) and grey gum (E.<br />

propinqua). The shrub layer is composed of xeric shrubs including forest oak (Allocasuarina<br />

torulosa), narrow-leaved geebung (Persoonia linearis) and a variety of wattles (Acacia<br />

binervata, A. longissima and A. longifolia). The herb layer is dominated by a variety of grasses<br />

including blady grass (Imperata cylindrica var. major), kangaroo grass (Themeda australis)<br />

and tussock grass (Poa labillardieri).<br />

Distribution: This forest type is more widespread than the moist blackbutt and is found in a<br />

variety of sites throughout the area. It dominates the Smiths Lake Village Area and is also<br />

found throughout the southern portion of the whole <strong>study</strong> area. This community cover 439.3<br />

hectares of the <strong>study</strong> area.<br />

5.2.10 Blackbutt - Bloodwood/Apple (41)<br />

Structure: The canopy of this community varies from open to closed, reaching a height of 20-<br />

30 metres. The shrub layer is predominantly open, while the ground cover is usually dense.<br />

Floristic Description: The dominated trees are blackbutt (Eucalyptus pilularis) and smoothbarked<br />

apple (Angophora costata), with pink or red bloodwood (Corymbia intermedia and C.<br />

gummifera) also occuring. The shrub layer is variable but usually includes saw banksia<br />

(Banksia serrata), Sydney golden wattle (Acacia longifolia var. sophorae), geebungs<br />

(Persoonia levis and P. linearis), grass tree (Xanthorrhoea macronema) and bush peas<br />

(Pultenaea spp. and Dillwynia spp). Ground cover is usually dominated by grass such as blady<br />

grass (Imperata cylindrica var. major) and kangaroo grass (Themeda australis) and bracken<br />

fern (Pteridium esculentum).<br />

Distribution: This forest type is found in coastal areas, usually on deep coastal sand deposits,<br />

especially on remnant sand dunes. It is found in the south-eastern corner of the Smiths Lake<br />

<strong>study</strong> area around Symes Bay, it is also found to the east and north-east of Smiths Lake Village.<br />

It occupies 23.1 hectares of the Smiths Lake Area.<br />

5.2.11 Tallowwood (45)<br />

Structure: This community is a tall forest, up to 40 metres in height, with a closed canopy. A<br />

mid-dense to dense shrub and/or small tree layer is usually present. The herb layer varies from<br />

sparse to dense.<br />

Floristic Description: The dominant species is tallowwood (Eucalyptus microcorys). Other<br />

common species include turpentine (Syncarpia glomulifera), brush box (Lephostemon<br />

confertus) and grey gum (Eucalyptus propinqua). The shrub layer often includes lantana<br />

(Lantana camara) and other rainforest species such as forest mapel (Cryptocarya rigida),<br />

myrtle ebony (Diospyros pentamera) and cabbage tree palm (Livistona australis). The herb<br />

layer is dominated by grasses, ferns and sedges including rasp fern (Doodia aspera) and sawsedge<br />

(Gahnia melanocarpa).<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


FLORA 49<br />

Distribution: This forest type is found in sheltered, moist sites in mountainous terrain. It often<br />

forms an intergrade community between the flooded gum and the more exposed communities.<br />

This community is found scattered throughout the Smiths Lake Area, occupying 34.6 hectares.<br />

5.2.12 Sydney Blue Gum (46)<br />

Structure: This community has a closed canopy which reaches heights of between 35 and 50<br />

metres. The shrub and herb layers are usually dense.<br />

Floristic Description: The dominant species in this area is Sydney blue gum (Eucalyptus<br />

saligna). Other species commonly found in this community include tallowwood (E.<br />

microcorys), flooded gum (E. grandis), grey gum (E. propinqua), ironbarks (E. fergusonii ssp.<br />

fergusonii and E. siderophloia) and turpentine (Syncarpia glomulifera). The shrub layer is<br />

composed of rainforest species similar to those in the previous community, while the ground<br />

cover is often dominated by ferns.<br />

Distribution: This forest type is found on clayey soils of moderate to high fertility. It occurs in<br />

moist sites, often in gullies or along creeklines. This community occupies 88.5 hectares of the<br />

<strong>study</strong> area and is only found to the west of the <strong>Lakes</strong> Way.<br />

5.2.13 Flooded Gum (48)<br />

Structure: This closed forest commonly grows to 40 metres in height, although occasionally is<br />

higher. The presence of shrub layers varies depending upon the degree of disturbance,<br />

however, there is usually a number of dense layers present. The herb layer is also usually very<br />

dense.<br />

Floristic Description: The tree layer of this community is composed almost entirely of flooded<br />

gum (Eucalyptus grandis), although occasional species such as tallowwood (E. microcorys),<br />

turpentine (Syncarpia glomulifera) and brush box (Lephostemon confertus) also occur. The<br />

shrub layer is composed of a variety of rainforest species. The herb layer is dominated by<br />

sedges and ferns.<br />

Distribution: This vegetation community is predominantly found on low-lying land, near<br />

creeks or in sheltered gullies at altitudes usually less than 750 metres. It is found<br />

predominantly west of the <strong>Lakes</strong> Way, although a few smaller patches also occur on the eastern<br />

side. It occupies a total of 325.5 hectares of the Smiths Lake Area.<br />

5.2.14 Inland Brush Box (53)<br />

Structure: This community is a tall closed forest up to 40 metres in height. A small tree layer<br />

is sometimes present, while there is usually a sparse to mid-dense shrub layer below this. The<br />

herb layer varies from dense to sparse dependant upon light penetration.<br />

Floristic Description: Brush box (Lephostemon confertus) is the dominant tree species in this<br />

forest, with a number of other associates occurring in smaller numbers including Sydney blue<br />

gum (Eucalyptus salignus), flooded gum (E. grandis), tallowwood (E. microcorys) and<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


FLORA 50<br />

turpentine (Syncarpia glomulifera). The small tree and shrub layers are composed of rainforest<br />

species including cabbage tree palm (Livistona australis), laurels (Cryptocarya spp.), myrtles<br />

(Choricarpia spp., and Backhousia myrtifolia), lilly pilly’s (Acmena smithii and Syzygium spp.)<br />

and native guava (Rhodomyrtys psidioides). The herb layer is predominantly composed of<br />

ferns and other soft herbs.<br />

Distribution: This forest type is found in sheltered gullies and appears to be an intermediate<br />

stage in the replacement of eucalypt forest with rainforest. This community is found<br />

throughout the Smiths Lake Area, occupying 65.8 hectares.<br />

5.2.15 White Mahogany/Red Mahogany/Grey Ironbark/Grey Gum (60)<br />

Structure: This forest has a predominantly closed forest canopy, although some patches are<br />

open due to human disturbance. The height of the tree layer generally ranges from 25 to 30<br />

metres, however, some areas reach 35 metres in height. A sparse to dense shrub layer is<br />

present, while the herb layer is generally dense.<br />

Floristic Description: This community is dominated by white mahogany (Eucalyptus<br />

acmenoides), grey ironbark (E. siderophloia), ironbark (E. fergusonii spp. fergusonii), grey<br />

gum (E. propinqua) and tallowood (E. microcorys). Other occasional species include red<br />

mahogany (E. resinifera), blackbutt (E. pilularis) and pink bloodwood (Corymbia intermedia).<br />

The shrub layer includes a variety of sclerophyll and rainforest shrubs such as pittosporums (P.<br />

undulatum and P. revolutum), large mock-olive (Notelaea longifolia f. intermedia) and wattles.<br />

The ground cover includes grasses, ferns and a variety of other soft herbs including rasp<br />

fern,tussock grass (Poa labillardieri) and mat-rush (Lomandra longifolia).<br />

Distribution: This forest type commonly forms a intermediate zone between the dry Grey<br />

Gum/Grey Ironbark/White Mahogany found on the ridgetops and upper slopes and the Flooded<br />

Gum or Tallowwood/Sydney Blue Gum on the lower slopes and gullies. This community is<br />

the most dominant community type found scattered throughout the Smiths <strong>Lakes</strong> Area. It<br />

covers a total area of 439.7 hectares.<br />

5.2.16 Grey Gum/Grey Ironbark/White Mahogany (62)<br />

Structure: The closed to open forest canopy reaches a height of 20-35 metres. A sparse shrub<br />

layer is usually present, while the herb layer varies from dense to sparse depending upon<br />

topographic position and aspect.<br />

Floristic Description: This community is dominated by grey gum (Eucalyptus propinqua),<br />

ironbark (E. fergusonii spp. fergusonii) and white mahogany (E. acmenoides). Spotted gum<br />

(Corymbia maculata) and pink bloodwood (C. intermedia) are also common in this forest type,<br />

while a variety of other eucalypts may be present on occasion. The shrub layer is dominated by<br />

dry sclerophyll shrubs including wattles, coral heath (Epacris calvertiana), paper daisy<br />

(Ozothamnus diosmifolius) and forest oak (Allocasuarina torulosa). The herb layer is<br />

composed of grasses.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


FLORA 51<br />

Distribution: This forest type occupies the drier and more exposed areas of the <strong>study</strong> including<br />

the ridgelines and northern slopes. This community occupies 79.2 hectares in the <strong>study</strong> area. It<br />

is distributed to the south of Pacific Palms and to the west of the <strong>Lakes</strong> Way.<br />

5.2.17 Spotted Gum (70)<br />

Structure: This is an open to closed forest, that grows up to 35 metres in height. The shrub<br />

layer is usually sparse, while a dense herb layer occurs.<br />

Floristic Description: Spotted gum (Corymbia maculata) is the sole dominant species in this<br />

community. Other eucalypt species may also occur on occasion. The shrub layer is sparse and<br />

consists of xeric shrubs, while the herb layer is dominated by grasses.<br />

Distribution: The forest type has a very restricted distribution in the <strong>study</strong> area and is found on<br />

shallow soils on the upper slope of the mountain range immediately to the south of Pacific<br />

Palms. Elsewhere, this forest type is replaced with forest types 60 and 62. This community<br />

occupies a small 1 hectare patch of forest in the Smiths Lake Area on a single ridgeline to the<br />

south of Pacific Palms<br />

5.2.18 Spotted Gum - Ironbark/Grey Gum (74)<br />

Structure: This is an open to closed forest, that grows up to 35 metres in height. The shrub<br />

layer is usually sparse, while a dense herb layer occurs.<br />

Floristic Description: The dominant species in this community is spotted gum (Corymbia<br />

maculata) and ironbark (Eucalyptus fergusonii ssp. fergusonii), with smaller associations of<br />

grey gum (E. propinqua). The shrub and herb layers are similar to the previous community.<br />

Distribution: The forest type has a very restricted distribution in the <strong>study</strong> area and is found on<br />

shallow soils on the upper slopes adjacent to forest type 70 south of Pacific Palms. Elsewhere,<br />

this forest type is replaced with forest types 62. This communities occupies 5.3 hectares of<br />

land adjacent to the previous community.<br />

5.2.19 Smoothbarked Apple (105)<br />

Structure: This community has a partially closed to open canopy which only reaches 20 to 25<br />

metres in height. The shrub layer is usually very sparse, while the herb layer is dense.<br />

Floristic Description: The dominant species in this community is smoothbarked apple<br />

(Angophora costata). Other subdominant species include red bloodwood (Corymbia<br />

gummifera) and an occasional blackbutt (E. pilularis). The shrub layer is often dominated by<br />

banksias (Banksia serrata and B. integrifolia) or other heathland species. The herb layer is<br />

usually composed of grasses.<br />

Distribution: This forest type is found on sandy soils with high moisture availability, often<br />

near alluvial flats. This community is found in small patches, totaling 34.1 hectares,<br />

throughout the Smiths Lake Area.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


FLORA 52<br />

5.2.20 Smoothbarked Apple - Sydney Peppermint - Stringybark (106)<br />

Structure: This community has a closed canopy usually with a height of less than 20 metres,<br />

but in favourable sites it may reach 30 metres. The shrub layer is moderately dense, while the<br />

herb layer varies from dense to sparse.<br />

Floristic Description: The dominant species is Sydney peppermint (Eucalyptus piperita) and is<br />

smoothbarked apple (Angophora costata), with smaller occurrences of white stringybark (E.<br />

globoidea). The shrub layer contains a variety of species including snow-in-summer<br />

(Melaleuca linariifolia) and bush-pea (Pultenaea b<strong>lake</strong>lyi ). The herb layer is dominated by<br />

grasses, sedges and ferns.<br />

Distribution: This forest type is restricted to small patches of forest adjacent to the <strong>Lakes</strong> Way<br />

and to the east of the <strong>Lakes</strong> Way. It occupies 29.6 hectares of the Smiths Lake Area.<br />

5.2.21 Banksia (107)<br />

Structure: This community is a closed forest only reaching 8 to 10 metres in height.<br />

Occasionally taller emergent trees may occur. There is usually no small shrub layer and the<br />

herb layer is sparse.<br />

Floristic Description: The dominant species in this community is coastal banksia (Banksia<br />

integrifolia). Occasional eucalypts also occur including red bloodwood (Corymbia gummifera)<br />

and smooth-barked apple (Angophora costata). The herb layer is usually grassy.<br />

Distribution: This forest type is found on coastal sand deposits, usually only a short distance<br />

inland from the ocean. This community is found in a small 1 hectare patch in the south-eastern<br />

corner of the Smiths Lake Area surrounded by Forest Type 224.<br />

5.2.22 Introduced Scrub (221)<br />

Structure: This forest type is dominated by introduced woody weeds, that reach a height of 6-8<br />

metres.<br />

Floristic Description: This community is composed almost entirely of lantana (Lantana<br />

camara). Other small herbs, grasses and sedges are also found in this community.<br />

Distribution: This community is found in a small area (0.6 hectares) in the south-eastern<br />

corner of the <strong>study</strong> area.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


FLORA 53<br />

5.2.23 Scrub (224)<br />

Structure: This is a closed community of shrubs, usually less than 6 metres in height although<br />

it may extend up to 8 metres. The herb layer is very sparse.<br />

Floristic Description: The dominant shrub layer is composed almost entirely of coast teatree<br />

(Leptospermum laevigatum). An occasional coastal banksia (Banksia integrifolia) is also<br />

present. The herb layer is composed of a variety of species including blue flax lilly (Dianella<br />

caerulea) and sword sedge (Lepidosperma concavum).<br />

Distribution: The community occupies well drained siliceous sands of foredunes close to the<br />

sea, with limited occurrences also extending to exposed aspects of bedrock headlands. It is<br />

found in the extreme south-east of the <strong>study</strong> area, occupying 31.4 hectares.<br />

5.2.24 Mallee (225)<br />

Structure: This is a dense closed community composed of small trees that reach heights of 6-8<br />

metres. The shrub layer is very sparse to non-existent, while the herb layer is also very sparse.<br />

Floristic Description: The composition of this community is dominated by bracelet<br />

honeymyrtle (Melaleuca armillaris) and black she-oak (Allocasuarina littoralis). The herb<br />

layer is composed of grasses and sedges.<br />

Distribution: This community is found on relatively steep, south to south-west facing aspects<br />

of hillslopes close to the sea. It is found in a small patch (0.3 hectares) in the south-eastern<br />

corner of the <strong>study</strong> area.<br />

5.2.25 Disturbed Woodland (DW)<br />

Structure: This community has been partially cleared to enable grazing or other landuses to<br />

occur, however a number of trees have been retained to form a woodland habitat. These trees<br />

reach up to 30 metres in height. No shrub layer is present, but a grassy herb layer exists.<br />

Floristic Description: The tree species in this woodland consist of those found in other<br />

vegetation types, although in any one area the species composition is poor. The herb layer is<br />

composed of introduced and native grasses.<br />

Distribution: Patches of this community are found on the eastern side of the <strong>Lakes</strong> Way in the<br />

northern portion of the <strong>study</strong> area. This community occupies 17.3 hectares of land within the<br />

Smiths Lake Area.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


FLORA 54<br />

5.2.26 Regrowth (R)<br />

Structure: This community is composed of vegetation that is in the process of regeneration<br />

following disturbance. It is usually composed of one or two layers, which vary in height and<br />

density depending upon the time since the area was disturbed.<br />

Floristic Description: The composition of the regeneration is variable, however, it usually<br />

includes of a variety of weeds.<br />

Distribution: A small patch of this community, occupying 0.7 hectares, is found on the<br />

ridgeline to the south of Pacific Palms.<br />

5.3 Rare, Threatened or Significant Plant Species<br />

5.3.1 Threatened Species (TSC Act)<br />

Six species, listed on the Threatened Species Conservation Act, have been recorded in the<br />

region or in the <strong>study</strong> area. Their distribution in the <strong>study</strong> area is shown in Figure 5.2, while<br />

Table 5-1 below summarises information on these species.<br />

Table 5-1 Threatened Plant Species<br />

Species Significance & Distribution Likelihood of Occurrence<br />

Allocasuarina defungens<br />

(Casuarinaceae)<br />

Allocasuarina simulans<br />

(Casuarinaceae)<br />

Asperula asthenes (Rubiaceae)<br />

Chamaesyce psammogeton<br />

(formerly Chamaesyce sparrmanii)<br />

(Euphorbiaceae)<br />

Cynanchum elegans<br />

(Asclepiadaceae)<br />

This ROTAP species (2E) occurs<br />

at its southern distribution limit in<br />

the Forster area. It is listed on<br />

Schedule 1 of the TSC Act.<br />

This is a ROTAP species (2VCa)<br />

which is endemic to the Forster -<br />

Nabiac area (Harden 1990). It is<br />

listed on Schedule 2 of the TSC<br />

Act<br />

This is a ROTAP species (3VC)<br />

which is found from Taree to<br />

Bulahdelah growing in moist<br />

sites. It is listed on Schedule 2 of<br />

the TSC Act.<br />

This is an uncommon species of<br />

beach sands (Harden 1990). It<br />

has recently been listed on<br />

Schedule 1 of the TSC Act.<br />

This ROTAP species (3Eci)<br />

reaches its northern distribution<br />

limit in the Manning River<br />

catchment. It is listed on Schedule<br />

1 of the TSC Act<br />

This species was not found<br />

during the survey and is<br />

considered unlikely to occur.<br />

This species was not found<br />

during the survey and is<br />

considered unlikely to occur.<br />

This species was not recorded<br />

in the <strong>study</strong> area but may<br />

occur in the area in suitable<br />

habitat.<br />

This species was not recorded<br />

in the <strong>study</strong> area, but may<br />

occur on Sandhurst Beach.<br />

This species has been recorded<br />

in the Smiths Lake Area in the<br />

Littoral Rainforest (FT25)<br />

south of Pacific Palms.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


FLORA 55<br />

Species Significance & Distribution Likelihood of Occurrence<br />

Melaleuca biconvexa (Myrtaceae)<br />

Sygium paniculatum (Myrtaceae)<br />

This species has just recently been<br />

listed as vulnerable on Schedule 2<br />

of the TSC Act.<br />

This ROTAP species (3VCi)<br />

grows in littoral rainforests from<br />

Bulahdelah to Jervis Bay. It is<br />

listed on Schedule 2 of the TSC<br />

Act.<br />

This species was recorded as<br />

an understorey species in the<br />

Swamp Mahogany (FT30), in<br />

the far north-western corner of<br />

the area.<br />

This species was not recorded<br />

during the present survey.<br />

However, it has a moderate to<br />

high likelihood of occurring in<br />

the Littoral Rainforest (FT 25)<br />

of the <strong>study</strong> area.<br />

5.3.2 Rare or Threatened Plants (ROTAP)<br />

Two species previously recorded in the region are listed on ROTAP but not listed on the TSC<br />

Act. These species is described below in Table 5-2.<br />

Table 5-2 ROTAP Plant Species<br />

Species Significance & Distribution Likelihood of Occurrence<br />

Eucalyptus fergusonii ssp.<br />

fergusonii (Myrtaceae)<br />

This ROTAP species (3KC-) has<br />

a very sporadic distribution which<br />

was previously thought to extend<br />

from Morisset to Bulahdelah<br />

(Harden 1991). However, it has<br />

recently been recorded in Booti<br />

Booti NP.<br />

This species is the dominant<br />

ironbark throughout the <strong>study</strong><br />

area. It is found in a variety<br />

of forest types including 74,<br />

60, 62, 36, 37 and 46.<br />

Goodenia fordiana (Goodeniaceae) This ROTAP species (2RC-) is<br />

distributed from Bulahdelah to<br />

Coffs Harbour. It grows in dry<br />

sclerophyll forests on the lower<br />

escarpment.<br />

This species was not recorded<br />

in the <strong>study</strong> area, and is<br />

considered to only have a low<br />

likelihood of occurring.<br />

5.3.3 Distributional Limits or Restricted Distributions<br />

A number of species recorded during this survey are also significant due to being at or near<br />

their distributional limits, a range extension or of restricted distribution. Table 5-3 below<br />

summarises these species.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


FLORA 56<br />

Table 5-3 Other Significant Plant Species<br />

Species Significance & Distribution Likelihood of Occurrence<br />

Cassinia aculeata (Asteraceae)<br />

Cleistanthus cunninghamii<br />

(Euphorbiaceae)<br />

Deyeuxia quadriseta (Poaceae)<br />

Eucalyptus piperita (Myrtaceae)<br />

Jagera pseudorhus var. pseudorhus<br />

f. pseudorhus (Sapindaceae)<br />

Melaluca armillaris (Myrtaceae)<br />

Forster is the northern distribution<br />

limit for this species (Harden<br />

1992).<br />

This species was previously<br />

thought to reach the southern<br />

limit of its coastal distribution in<br />

Booti Booti NP (Floyd 1990).<br />

This grass is considered rare on<br />

the north coast, with only one<br />

other record in the area (at Old<br />

Bar).<br />

This species reaches its northern<br />

limit at Old Bar. This species is<br />

poorly reserved in the northern<br />

limits of its distribution.<br />

This species was previously<br />

thought to occur on as far south<br />

as Black Head (Floyd 1989).<br />

However, it has recently been<br />

recorded in Booti Booti NP.<br />

Although this species has a range<br />

which extends into Queensland<br />

(Harden 1991), it is not known<br />

from coastal headlands of NSW<br />

any further north than the Forster<br />

area<br />

It was recorded in the Mallee<br />

(FT225) community in the<br />

Smiths Lake Area.<br />

This species was recorded in<br />

the Myrtle Rainforest (FT23)<br />

to the south of Pacific Palms,<br />

representing an extension of<br />

this species range.<br />

This species was recorded in<br />

the Paperbark Swamp (FT 31)<br />

in the Smiths Lake Area.<br />

This species was a dominant<br />

tree in the Smoothbarked<br />

Apple - Sydney Peppermint -<br />

Stringybark (FT106) forest<br />

type.<br />

It has been recorded in the<br />

Myrtle Rainforest (FT23) to<br />

the south of Pacific Palms.<br />

This represents a range<br />

extension southwards.<br />

Recorded as a dominant<br />

canopy species in the Mallee<br />

(FT225) community.<br />

Persoonia katerae (Proteaceae)<br />

Pisonia umbellifera<br />

(Nyctaginaceae)<br />

Prostanthera incana (Lamiaceae)<br />

Pultenaea b<strong>lake</strong>lyi (Fabaceae)<br />

This species is endemic to the<br />

north coast of NSW where it is<br />

found on coastal sands between<br />

the Hastings River & Myall<br />

<strong>Lakes</strong> (Harden 1991).<br />

This species is considered to be<br />

widespread but not common in<br />

coastal NSW (Harden 1990).<br />

This species is considered to only<br />

occur south from Craven, near<br />

Gloucester (Harden 1990),<br />

although S. Griffith has recorded<br />

it in Wang Wauk SF.<br />

Records of this species and those<br />

recently recorded from Booti<br />

This species has been<br />

recorded in the Blackbutt -<br />

Bloodwood / Apple (FT41)<br />

community<br />

It has been recorded in the<br />

Littoral Rainforest (FT25) in<br />

the Smiths Lake Area.<br />

It has been recorded in the<br />

Flooded Gum (FT48)<br />

community in the area. This<br />

represents a range extension<br />

northwards.<br />

This species was recorded in<br />

the Blackbutt Dry Forest<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


FLORA 57<br />

Species Significance & Distribution Likelihood of Occurrence<br />

Booti NP represent a range<br />

extension northwards from Myall<br />

<strong>Lakes</strong> (Harden 1991).<br />

(FT37), is a dominant<br />

understorey species in the<br />

Sydney Pepperming (FT106)<br />

forest, and is scattered in other<br />

communities.<br />

Ripogonum discolor<br />

(Ripogonaceae)<br />

Tetraria capillaris (Cyperaceae)<br />

Tripladenia cunninghamii<br />

(Uvulariaceae)<br />

Tylophora paniculata<br />

(Asclepiadaceae)<br />

This species reaches its southern<br />

distribution limit in the Myall<br />

<strong>Lakes</strong> area (Harden 1993).<br />

This species appear to be rare on<br />

the north coast with only 3<br />

records for the area lodged at the<br />

Royal Botanic Gardens. The<br />

northern limit of this species is at<br />

Old Bar.<br />

The distribution of this species<br />

extends north from the Myall<br />

<strong>Lakes</strong> area (Harden 1993).<br />

This species reaches its southern<br />

distribution limit at the Williams<br />

River (Harden 1992).<br />

Recorded in the Littoral<br />

Rainforest (FT25) of the <strong>study</strong><br />

area.<br />

This species was recorded in<br />

the Melaleuca Swamp Forest<br />

(FT 31) and the Sydney<br />

Peppermint (FT 106)<br />

community in the <strong>study</strong> area.<br />

This species has been<br />

recorded in the Brush Box<br />

(FT53) community in the<br />

Smiths Lake Area.<br />

This species has been<br />

recorded in a number of moist<br />

forests including FT23, 48 and<br />

60.<br />

5.4 Conservation Values<br />

5.4.1 Palm (7)<br />

Distribution Within Northern New South Wales: This community is present in Booti Booti NP<br />

(National Park), Broadwater NP & Hat Head NP. The broader Archontophoenix - Livistona<br />

suballiance of Floyd (1990) is also found in several reserves away from the immediate<br />

coastline.<br />

Conservation Significance: Floyd (1990) has assessed the conservation status of this forest<br />

type as good. However, substantial areas of the community appear to have been cleared in the<br />

Forster area.<br />

5.4.2 Myrtle (23)<br />

Distribution Within Northern New South Wales: The Choricarpia leptopetala suballiance of<br />

Floyd (1990) extends disjunctly along the north coast of NSW, with limited areas also present<br />

on the central coast.<br />

Conservation Significance Floyd (1990) has assessed the conservation status of the<br />

Choricarpia leptopetala suballiance as adequate across its range, although he recommended<br />

some form of environmental protection for an occurrence at Blueys Beach. The myrtle forest<br />

in the <strong>study</strong> area is most likely part of this occurrence.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


FLORA 58<br />

5.4.3 Tuckeroo (24)<br />

Distribution Within Northern New South Wales: The Cupaniopsis anacardioides suballiance<br />

of Floyd (1990) extends along the north coast where it is reserved in Bundjalung NP, Yuraygir<br />

NP, Hat Head NP, Crowdy Bay NP, Myall <strong>Lakes</strong> NP, Brunswick Heads NR, Broken Head NR,<br />

Iluka NR, Moonee Beach NR, Bundagen FR, Limeburners Creek NR, Sea Acres NR &<br />

Kattang NR. Additional areas outside of the reserve system are protected under SEPP 26 -<br />

Littoral Rainforest.<br />

Conservation Significance: Floyd (1990) has assessed the conservation status of the suballiance<br />

as excellent.<br />

5.4.4 Littoral Rainforest (25)<br />

Distribution Within Northern New South Wales: Floyd (1990) reports the distribution of this<br />

forest type as extending from Gap Beach (Hat Head NP) to Myall <strong>Lakes</strong>, with a less<br />

representative occurrence also present in Royal NP on the central coast. This forest type is also<br />

found in Booti Booti NP.<br />

Conservation Significance: Floyd (1990) has assessed the conservation status of the suballiance<br />

as good.<br />

5.4.5 Swamp Mahogany (30)<br />

Distribution Within Northern New South Wales: This vegetation type occurs in Booti Booti<br />

NP, Broadwater NP, Bundjalung NP, Yuraygir NP, Hat Head NP, Myall <strong>Lakes</strong> NP<br />

(Myerscough & Carolin 1986), Moonee Beach NR, Limeburners Creek NR & Lake Innes NR.<br />

It is also found on areas of crown or freehold land (e.g. Evans Head, the Newrybar sand plain<br />

near Lennox Head, Frogalla Swamp north of Tuncurry).<br />

Conservation Significance: Relative to its extent on other tenures in the Forster - Tuncurry area<br />

(e.g. Frogalla Swamp), this vegetation type may be locally under-represented in existing<br />

reserves.<br />

5.4.6 Paperbark (31)<br />

Distribution Within Northern New South Wales: The community is present in all major coastal<br />

reserves of northern NSW which sample vegetation on Quaternary sediments. Many additional<br />

areas outside of the reserve system are designated as coastal wetland under SEPP 14.<br />

Conservation Significance: Wetland vegetation is generally considered to have high<br />

conservation value, hence the inclusion of coastal sand & estuarine occurrences of this<br />

community under SEPP 14. Substantial areas of the community have also been cleared on the<br />

north coast of NSW.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


FLORA 59<br />

5.4.7 Swamp Oak (32)<br />

Distribution Within Northern New South Wales: The community is found in Booti Booti NP,<br />

Bundjalung NP, Yuraygir NP, Hat Head NP, Crowdy Bay NP, Ballina NR, Richmond River<br />

NR, Moonee Beach NR, Limeburners Creek NR, Lake Innes NR, Kattang NR and<br />

Khappinghat NR (S. Griffith, pers. comm.). Additional areas outside of the reserve system are<br />

designated as coastal wetland under SEPP 14.<br />

Conservation Significance: Wetland vegetation is generally considered to have high<br />

conservation value, hence the inclusion of estuarine occurrences of this community under SEPP<br />

14. Substantial areas of the community have also been cleared on the north coast of NSW.<br />

5.4.8 Moist Blackbutt (36)<br />

Distribution Within Northern New South Wales: The community is found in Booti Booti NP,<br />

Bundjalung NP, Yuraygir NP, Hat Head NP, Dooragan NP, Crowdy Bay NP and Lake Innes<br />

NR. It is also present in many state forests, and some NPWS reserves away from the seaboard.<br />

Conservation Significance: Relative to its occurrence on other tenures, this community appears<br />

to be of limited extent in coastal reserves of the lower north coast.<br />

5.4.9 Dry Blackbutt (37)<br />

Distribution Within Northern New South Wales: This community occurs in Booti Booti NP,<br />

Broadwater NP, Bundjalung NP, Yuraygir NP, Hat Head NP, Dooragan NP, Crowdy Bay NP,<br />

Limeburners Creek NR & Lake Innes NR (Griffith, pers. comm.).<br />

Conservation Significance: Relative to its extent on other tenures, the community may be<br />

under-represented in existing reserves on the lower north coast.<br />

5.4.10 Blackbutt - Bloodwood/Apple (41)<br />

Distribution Within Northern New South Wales: This community occurs in Booti Booti NP<br />

(Griffith et al 1999) and Myall <strong>Lakes</strong> NP (Myerscough & Carolin 1986). It is not known for<br />

coastal reserves to the north of Booti Booti NP, although a related Eucalyptus pilularis -<br />

Angophora costata/E. gummifera/E. planchoniana is found on sand masses in Yuraygir NP and<br />

Bundjalung NP.<br />

Conservation Significance: This forest appears to be extensive in Myall <strong>Lakes</strong> NP<br />

(Myerscough & Carolin 1986). It is also found in some of the state forests in the area.<br />

5.4.11 Tallowwood (45)<br />

Distribution Within Northern New South Wales: This community is only present in Booti<br />

Booti NP and Lake Innes NR. However, the equivalent forest type occurs in a number of state<br />

forests (Forestry Commission of NSW 1989).<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


FLORA 60<br />

Conservation Significance: This community is uncommon in coastal reserves of the north<br />

coast, and the equivalent forest type is considered to have a restricted distribution (Forestry<br />

Commission of NSW 1989).<br />

5.4.12 Sydney Blue Gum (46)<br />

Distribution Within Northern New South Wales: This community is present only in Lake Innes<br />

NR, however, it is found in many of the surrounding State Forests.<br />

Conservation Significance: Relative to its extent on other tenures, this community is underrepresented<br />

in existing coastal reserves of northern NSW. This community also contains the<br />

rare ironbark of the area.<br />

5.4.13 Flooded Gum (48)<br />

Distribution Within Northern New South Wales: This community is present in Booti Booti NP,<br />

Broadwater NP, Bundjalung NP, Crowdy Bay NP, Moonee Beach NR, Limeburners Creek NR<br />

and Lake Innes NR, although generally as very limited stands.<br />

Conservation Significance: Relative to its extent on other tenures, this community is underrepresented<br />

in existing coastal reserves of northern NSW.<br />

5.4.14 Inland Brush Box (53)<br />

Distribution Within Northern New South Wales: This community is present in Booti Booti NP,<br />

Broadwater NP, Bundjalung NP, Yuraygir NP, Hat Head NP, Iluka NR and Lake Innes NR,<br />

although generally as small stands.<br />

Conservation Significance: The community is generally of limited extent in existing coastal<br />

reserves of northern NSW.<br />

5.4.15 White Mahogany/Red Mahogany/Grey Ironbark/Grey Gum (60)<br />

Distribution Within Northern New South Wales: This community only occurs in Bundjalung<br />

NP, Yuraygir NP and Lake Innes NR. However, it is widespread in many of the State Forests<br />

in the area.<br />

Conservation Significance: Relative to its extent on other tenures, this community is underrepresented<br />

in existing coastal reserves of northern NSW. This community also contains the<br />

rare ironbark.<br />

5.4.16 Grey Gum/Grey Ironbark/White Mahogany (62)<br />

Distribution Within Northern New South Wales: This community is found in Bundjalung NP,<br />

Yuraygir NP and Lake Innes NR. It also is found in many of the State Forests of the region.<br />

Conservation Significance: The community is generally of limited extent in existing coastal<br />

reserves of northern NSW and it contains the rare ironbark.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


FLORA 61<br />

5.4.17 Spotted Gum (70)<br />

Distribution Within Northern New South Wales: Corymbia maculata has a mainly coastal<br />

distribution which extends south from the Manning River valley (Hill & Johnson 1995). The<br />

community is found in a number of state forests across this distribution (Forestry Commission<br />

of NSW 1989) and is also know to occur in Booti Booti NP, Bundjalung NP and Yuraygir NP.<br />

Conservation Significance: The community appears to be poorly reserved across its range on<br />

the north coast.<br />

5.4.18 Spotted Gum - Ironbark/Grey Gum (74)<br />

Distribution Within Northern New South Wales: This community is only found in Bundjalung<br />

NP and Yuraygir NP. However, the distribution of Corymbia maculata is as stated in the<br />

previous forest type.<br />

Conservation Significance: The community is poorly reserved across its range on the north<br />

coast and in the <strong>study</strong> area is dominated by the rare ironbark.<br />

5.4.19 Smoothbarked Apple (105)<br />

Distribution Within Northern New South Wales: Angophora costata is endemic to NSW where<br />

it has a predominantly coastal distribution south from the Evans River (Bale 1992; Harden<br />

1991), although with some major range disjunctions on coastal sand masses (e.g. between the<br />

Hastings & Macleay Rivers). This community is found in Booti Booti NP, Yuraygir NP &<br />

Crowdy Bay NP.<br />

Conservation Significance: In view of its limited and rather disjunct distribution in coastal<br />

situations on the north coast of NSW, this community may require further reservation. It<br />

appears that the community also has a limited distribution on sandmasses along the central<br />

coast between Newcastle & Sydney (refer Benson 1986).<br />

5.4.20 Smoothbarked Apple - Sydney Peppermint - Stringybark (106)<br />

Distribution Within Northern New South Wales: Eucalyptus piperita reaches its northern limit<br />

at Old Bar. The only conservation reserve this community is found in is Myall <strong>Lakes</strong> NP. It<br />

also occurs in some of the State Forests around Bulahdelah.<br />

Conservation Significance: This community has a very limited distribution in coastal reserves<br />

in northern New South Wales. This forest type is also of conservation significance in the area<br />

as it is approaching its northern distributional limit.<br />

5.4.21 Banksia (107)<br />

Distribution Within Northern New South Wales: This community is widespread in coastal<br />

reserves including Broadwater NP, Bundjalung NP, Crowdy Bay NP, Hat Head NP, Iluka NR,<br />

Kattang NR, Limeburners Creek NR, Moonee Beach NR, Myall <strong>Lakes</strong> NP, Richmond River<br />

NR and Yurraygir NP.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


FLORA 62<br />

Conservation Significance: This community is considered to be adequately reserved on the<br />

north coast of NSW.<br />

5.4.22 Introduced Scrub (221)<br />

Distribution Within Northern New South Wales: This community is widespread in any areas<br />

that have been subjected to disturbance.<br />

Conservation Significance: This community has no conservation value.<br />

5.4.23 Scrub (224)<br />

Distribution Within Northern New South Wales: Shrubland or forest stands of Leptospermum<br />

laevigatum occur in Booti Booti NP, Hat Head NP, Crowdy Bay NP, Limeburners Creek NR<br />

and Kattang NR.<br />

Conservation Significance: Leptospermum laevigatum reaches its natural northern limit of<br />

distribution in the Nambucca Heads area (Harden 1991), although it has been planted further<br />

north following sand mining. Natural stands of L. laevigatum on the lower north coast are at<br />

risk of displacement by the exotic shrub * Chrysanthemoides monilifera ssp. rotundata,<br />

however, the majority of the stand in the Smiths Lake Area is free from this weed species.<br />

5.4.24 Mallee (225)<br />

Distribution Within Northern New South Wales: The most northern known reservation of this<br />

community is within Booti Booti NP. South of this area the community is present at Seal<br />

Rocks (Clough 1979) and is likely to occur in Myall <strong>Lakes</strong> NP (Myerscough & Carolin 1986,<br />

as part of a ‘Headland Thicket’ map unit) and Tomaree NP (Benson 1981, as part of ‘closedscrub’<br />

map unit).<br />

Conservation Significance: This community is significant in that it reaches the northern limit<br />

of its coastal distribution in the Forster area and has limited distribution in conservation<br />

reserves.<br />

5.4.25 Disturbed Woodland (DW) and Regrowth (R)<br />

Conservation Significant: These communities are of limited conservation value due to the<br />

disturbance in the area.<br />

5.4.26 Summary<br />

A summary of the conservation values of the forest types found in the Smiths Lake Area is<br />

provided in Table 5-2 below and is also displayed on Figure 5.3. This assigns a conservation<br />

rating of high, medium and low to each vegetation type, based upon distribution and adequacy<br />

of reservation. However, it should be noted that to assign a three-tiered rating of conservation<br />

to any area has inherent flaws and cannot adequately represent the complexity of vegetation<br />

conservation.<br />

Table 5-2 Vegetation Conservation Values<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


FLORA 63<br />

Forest<br />

Type<br />

Description<br />

Conservation<br />

Value<br />

7 Palm Forest High<br />

23 Myrtle Rainforest High<br />

24 Tuckeroo Littoral Rainforest High<br />

25 Littoral Rainforest High<br />

30 Swamp Mahogany High<br />

31 Paperbark High<br />

32 Swamp Oak High<br />

36 Moist Blackbutt Medium-High<br />

37 Dry Blackbutt Medium-High<br />

41 Blackbutt - Bloodwood/Apple Medium<br />

45 Tallowwood High<br />

46 Sydney Blue Gum High<br />

48 Flooded Gum High<br />

53 Brush Box Medium-High<br />

60 White Mahogany - Red Mahogany - Grey Ironbark - Grey Gum Medium-High<br />

62 Grey Gum - Grey Ironbark - White Mahogany Medium-High<br />

70 Spotted Gum High<br />

74 Spotted Gum - Ironbark/Grey Gum High<br />

105 Smoothbarked Apple High<br />

106 Smoothbarked Apple - Sydney Peppermint - Stringybark High<br />

107 Banksia Medium<br />

221 Introduced Scrub Low<br />

224 Scrub (Leptospermum laevigatum) High<br />

225 Mallee (Melaleuca armillaris - Allocasuarina littoralis) High<br />

DW Disturbed Woodland Low<br />

R Regrowth Low<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


FAUNA 64<br />

6 FAUNA<br />

6.1 Fauna Habitats<br />

The vegetation communities described in Section 5 form the basis for the classification of the<br />

Smiths Lake Area into faunal habitats. While the vegetation mapping reflects changes in the<br />

floristic composition of an area, habitat identification is based upon structural components of<br />

the vegetation, age class of the vegetation (for example old growth, regrowth), specific habitat<br />

components (for example free-standing water, caves) and plant species composition.<br />

Therefore, some habitats are smaller than the vegetation unit, while others will incorporate a<br />

number of units. Figure 6.1 shows the habitat types and distribution in the <strong>study</strong> area.<br />

6.1.1 Rainforest (7, 23, 24 & 25) and Old Growth Rainforest<br />

Habitat Components: This habitat has a closed canopy with a varying diversity of species.<br />

There are a few structural layers, with the shrub and herb layers usually dense. Fruit producing<br />

trees provide good habitat for birds and a foraging resource for arboreal mammals. The herb<br />

layer provides shelter for terrestrial fauna. Suitable microclimatic conditions occur in this<br />

habitat to enable foliage-roosting bats to roost in this habitat. High moisture levels would also<br />

enable amphibians to flourish. Few tree hollows are normally found in this habitat type.<br />

However, in the old growth sections emergent eucalypts provide a high number of hollows for<br />

hollow dependant fauna including birds, bats and mammals.<br />

6.1.2 Mixed Swamp Mahogany (30 & 30/106) and Old Growth<br />

Habitat Components: This habitat is characterised by an open to closed tree canopy and a<br />

dense understorey. The winter flowering tree species present in this area are an important food<br />

source for nectivorous birds and mammals. It is also very important for koalas. Dense ground<br />

cover and litter, plus available water would provide good habitat for amphibians, reptiles and<br />

ground mammals. Few to many hollows form in this habitat, depending upon the diversity of<br />

tree species present.<br />

6.1.3 Paperbark (31) and Old Growth Paperbark<br />

Habitat Components: This habitat is characterised by a predominantly closed tree canopy and a<br />

dense understorey. It has a low species diversity in the canopy, however, the profuse flowering<br />

paperbarks provide an important foraging source for nectivorous birds and mammals. The area<br />

also provides a high quality nesting resource for birds. Koalas may forage in this habitat type.<br />

Dense ground cover and litter, plus available water would provide good habitat for amphibians,<br />

reptiles and ground mammals. Hollows are not usually found in this community, however, in<br />

the old growth sections intermittent eucalypts in the area do provide tree hollows for arboreal<br />

mammals, bats and birds.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


FAUNA 65<br />

6.1.4 Swamp Oak (32)<br />

Habitat Components: This habitat is characterised by a closed tree canopy with a low species<br />

diversity. The understorey is usually dense, providing good habitat for reptiles and ground<br />

mammals. Amphibian numbers are usually low due to saline conditions. This area provides a<br />

high quality nesting area for birds.<br />

6.1.5 Moist Blackbutt (36) and Old Growth Moist Blackbutt<br />

Habitat Components: This community has a moderately low canopy diversity, with blackbutt<br />

dominating the stand. However, a number of other species are also commonly found. Some of<br />

these species are known koala food trees. The ground cover and shrub layer are usually dense<br />

and floristically diverse, composed of a variety of rainforest species. Therefore, this forest type<br />

would provide good quality habitat for terrestrial mammals, birds, reptiles and amphibians.<br />

Blackbutts are also known to produce good hollows, with moderate numbers of hollows<br />

observed in many of these areas. High quality habitat is therefore provided for arboreal<br />

mammals and bats, especially in the old growth sections.<br />

6.1.6 Dry Blackbutt (37 & 41) and Old Growth Dry Blackbutt<br />

Habitat Components: This forest type has a low to moderate canopy diversity, with blackbutt<br />

dominating the stand, with only a few additional species occurring. The shrub layer in the area<br />

varies from dense to sparse and correspondingly the number of reptiles, terrestrial mammals<br />

and birds also vary. This habitat usually contains some mature trees with hollows suitable for<br />

sheltering and nesting of arboreal mammals, birds and bats, with hollow numbers increasing in<br />

the old growth sections. The lack of available water limits the suitability of this habitat for<br />

amphibians.<br />

6.1.7 Mixed Tallowwood (45 & 46) and Old Growth Mixed Tallowwood<br />

Habitat Components: This habitat consists of a mixed forest canopy usually containing<br />

tallowwood and a number of other tree species, often including Sydney blue gum. Some<br />

hollows occur in this habitat, although they are usually not abundant except in the old growth<br />

sections. The moist understorey conditions and rainforest shrub layer provide high quality<br />

habitat for amphibians, terrestrial mammals, reptiles and birds. Bats would also forage in this<br />

community. Koala food trees are common in this community.<br />

6.1.8 Flooded Gum (48) and Old Growth Flooded Gum<br />

Habitat Components: This forest type has a low canopy diversity, with often the canopy<br />

composed of only 1 or 2 species. However, the structural layers of this forest type are well<br />

developed, with dense shrub layers and usually a dense herb layer. The shrub layer is usually<br />

composed of rainforest species, which provide a good foraging source for fruit eating birds and<br />

mammals. This community is predominantly found around flowing creeks or low-lying areas,<br />

providing good quality habitat for amphibians. Logs and rocks are also a feature normally<br />

found in this area. Hollow density varies from many to some depending upon human access<br />

and past logging practices.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


FAUNA 66<br />

6.1.9 Brush Box (53) and Old Growth Brush Box<br />

Habitat Components: This forest type is often found on steeply sloping sheltered slopes and<br />

has a moderate number of hollows in the canopy, which increase in numbers in the old growth<br />

areas. The diversity of tree species varies from low to medium. A dense rainforest understorey<br />

is present, usually with a variety of layers. Ground cover is variable, usually with logs and<br />

rocks littering the forest floor. Therefore, this habitat would support a diverse number of birds,<br />

reptiles, amphibians and mammals.<br />

6.1.10 Mixed Grey Gum (60) and Old Growth Mixed Grey Gum<br />

Habitat Components: The predominantly closed tree canopy contains few to many trees with<br />

hollows depending upon the location of the old growth forest. These hollows are suitable for<br />

sheltering and nesting of arboreal mammals, birds and bats. The canopy has a high species<br />

diversity with more than 5 species being recorded in the area. This habitat is structurally<br />

diverse with a well developed shrub and herb layer. The dense shrub layer, sometimes<br />

containing rainforest species, provides good habitat for a variety of birds. Nectar producing<br />

shrubs and trees also provide a good foraging resource nectivorous species. The area would be<br />

utilised by insectivorous bats. Dense ground cover and much debris/leaf litter, makes this good<br />

habitat for reptiles and ground mammals. The sheltered topographic position of this habitat and<br />

subsequent moist conditions would also make this habitat suitable for amphibians.<br />

6.1.11 Mixed Dry Sclerophyll Forest (62) and Old Growth Mixed DSF<br />

Habitat Components: This forest type has a high canopy diversity with 5 tree species recorded<br />

in the area. However, the shrub layers and the herb layer are often lacking or very sparse,<br />

providing minimal habitat for birds and terrestrial mammals. It is predominantly found on<br />

ridgetops and north-facing slopes. No ponding or flowing water occurs in the area, however<br />

logs and other ground debris are found in this forest type. Therefore, it would provide<br />

moderate quality habitat for reptiles, but poor habitat for amphibians. Hollows are usually<br />

sparsely distributed in this habitat, except in the old growth areas.<br />

6.1.12 Spotted Gum - Ironbark Forest (70 & 74)<br />

Habitat Components: This habitat predominantly has a low canopy diversity, with spotted gum<br />

and ironbark dominating the area. Occasionally, an additional species will also occur. Hollow<br />

density is also usually low, while the shrub layer is sparse. Therefore, this community would<br />

not support high numbers of birds or arboreal mammals. The dense herb layer would provide<br />

good habitat for terrestrial mammals and reptiles. The dry conditions would also preclude<br />

many amphibian species.<br />

6.1.13 Smoothbarked Apple (105) and Old Growth Smoothbarked Apple<br />

Habitat Components: This forest type is structurally simplistic, with a canopy cover, a sparse<br />

shrub layer and the ground cover. The canopy diversity is low, with usually only 1 or 2<br />

species. Hollows are frequently found throughout these areas, increasing in numbers in the old<br />

growth sections. This habitat provides good habitat for hollow dependant fauna. The<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


FAUNA 67<br />

heathland shrub layer would provide a foraging resource for nectivorous fauna and nesting for<br />

birds. The dry conditions would limit amphibian numbers, although good quality habitat is<br />

provided for reptiles and terrestrial mammals.<br />

6.1.14 Smoothbarked Apple - Sydney Peppermint - Stringybark (106)<br />

Habitat Components: This habitat has a low diversity of canopy species, with usually only 2 or<br />

3 species occurring. A moderate to high number of hollows occur, providing quality habitat for<br />

hollow-dependant fauna. The shrub layer usually dense and includes paperbarks, providing<br />

good quality habitat for birds and nectivorous fauna. High quality amphibian habitat is<br />

provided with high moisture levels in the area, while reptiles and small mammals are also likely<br />

to occur in high numbers due to the dense shrub and herb layers.<br />

6.1.15 Scrub (107, 224 & 225)<br />

Habitat Components: This habitat is structurally simplistic, with a tall shrub/small tree layer<br />

dominating the area. Minimal undergrowth occurs beneath this layer. No hollows are present,<br />

but this habitat is regionally important as a foraging resource for nectivorous birds and bats.<br />

Reptiles would utilise this area, but the dry conditions and proximity to the coast would make<br />

this habitat unsuitable for amphibians. Small ground mammals are likely to be sparse in this<br />

area.<br />

6.1.16 Regrowth (221 & R)<br />

Habitat Components: This habitat type is dominated by lantana, with faunal habitat values<br />

being low due to the structural and floristic simplicity of the area.<br />

6.1.17 Disturbed Woodland (DW)<br />

Habitat Components: This forest type is structurally simplistic with usually only one<br />

distinctive layer, being the ground cover dominated by weeds and grasses. Predominantly no<br />

shrubs are found in this area, however, tree density varies from a very open woodland to<br />

scattered individuals.. This habitat would provide shelter and foraging for some small<br />

mammals, reptiles and seed-eating birds. Dams are often found in this community supporting<br />

amphibian populations, but, there is usually few rocks or logs on the ground.<br />

6.2 Fauna Survey<br />

6.2.1 Methodology<br />

Based on the identification of fauna habitats in the <strong>study</strong>, survey sites were selected to identify<br />

the presence of fauna, with particular emphasis on identifying the presence, or likely presence,<br />

of threatened fauna in the area. A total of 30 survey sites were identified in the <strong>study</strong> area,<br />

sampling the range of habitat types. The location of each survey site is shown on Figure 6.2.<br />

At each site a comprehensive survey was undertaken involving the following:<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


FAUNA 68<br />

6.2.1.1 Birds<br />

Plot style surveys along a 200-300 metre transect were undertaken. This involved sampling at<br />

50 metre intervals two pre-set transects. At each point for a period of 10 minutes, all bird<br />

species observed or heard callings within an arbitrary 50 metre radius of the point, are recorded.<br />

Each site is sampled on two separate occasions, during mornings between the hours of 0700 -<br />

0900 hours, and evenings between the hours of 1700 - 1900 hours.<br />

Nocturnal bird census involving listening for calls at night for 30 minutes. Following the<br />

census period, five minute pre-recorded calls of Powerful, Masked, Eastern Grass and Sooty<br />

Owls were broadcast through a 13W portable amplifier, with short periods of listening for<br />

vocal responses from the owls. Subsequent to playback calls, a period of 15 minutes quiet<br />

listening for vocal responses, and fifteen minutes spotlighting the area is undertaken.<br />

No playback calls were undertaken on nights with rainfall and/or strong winds, as these<br />

conditions adversely affect the detectability of all nocturnal bird species. Nocturnal bird<br />

investigations were conducted within the first four hours following sunset.<br />

Opportunistic sampling of bird species was also undertaken during other field activities.<br />

Diurnal searches for whitewash or regurgitation pellets of owls in close proximity to large<br />

mature trees with abundant hollows was conducted. Stag watching was also conducted beneath<br />

these trees to observe any owls departing tree hollows at dusk, as well as listening for calls of<br />

owl species which may be roosting nearby.<br />

6.2.1.2 Mammals<br />

Several strategies were adopted in order to determine the presence of threatened mammals.<br />

i. Koala<br />

Diurnal searches to determine the presence of Koala including scanning the main trunk and<br />

outer branches of preferred food trees with binoculars. This is carried out at survey sites with<br />

suitable habitat. Searches are conducted beneath preferred food trees for scats, and<br />

examination of the main trunk or bole for distinctive scratch marks to indicate the presence of<br />

Koalas. Nocturnal investigations include spotlight searches conducted on foot and quiet<br />

listening for vocalisations.<br />

ii.<br />

Possums and Gliders<br />

Arboreal trapping for possums and gliders was undertaken with Elliott Type B (15 x 16 x 45<br />

cm) and Type A (8 x 10 x 33 cm) folding aluminium traps mounted on platforms. Five<br />

arboreal traps in total were mounted on the main bole or trunk approximately 2 metres above<br />

the ground at each site. This totalled 600 trap nights for the <strong>study</strong> area.<br />

Arboreal traps were located at survey sites in close proximity to likely den trees (stages or<br />

mature trees with hollows) or trees in flower. Each trap was baited with a mixture of peanut<br />

butter, rolled oats, honey and sesame oil (hence referred to as a peanut butter ball). The trunk<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


FAUNA 69<br />

of the tree adjacent to the trap was also sprayed with a 50:50 mixture of water and honey to act<br />

as an attractant. Each trap was checked daily, and re-baited when necessary.<br />

Spotlighting searches for possums and gliders was conducted at survey sites with suitable forest<br />

habitat for a period of 2-3 hours per site. These searches were carried out on foot and from a<br />

vehicle, involving 10-15 minutes of spotlighting, followed by quiet listening in darkness for<br />

animal movements or vocalisations. Particular attention was paid to trees in flower, as the<br />

blossom provides a food source. In addition, playback calls of Yellow-bellied Glider and<br />

Squirrel Glider were broadcast through a portable cassette recorder and 13W amplifier, as these<br />

species are known to respond to such calls.<br />

Hair tubes were located on trees adjacent to likely den trees, and baited with a peanut butter<br />

ball. The trunk adjacent to the trap will be sprayed with a 50:50 mixture of water and honey to<br />

act as an additional attractant. Five hair tubes were placed at each site and left for a period of<br />

ten days.<br />

iii.<br />

Terrestrial Mammals<br />

Diurnal ground searches were conducted at survey sites with suitable habitat in order to locate<br />

indirect evidence of mammal species, such as tracks, scats, scratches and feeding nick marks on<br />

tree trunks, and ground burrows.<br />

Trapping for small terrestrial and scansorial (climbing) mammals was undertaken with 8 Elliott<br />

Type A and 2 Elliott Type B traps baited with a peanut butter at each survey site. Therefore the<br />

<strong>study</strong> site was sampled for a total of 1200 trap nights.<br />

Trapping for larger terrestrial mammals, such as bandicoots and quolls, was undertaken with a<br />

small cage trap (30 x 30 x 50 cm) at each site. Nine additional fox traps (45 x 45 x 80 cm)<br />

were also placed throughout the <strong>study</strong> area.<br />

At each site, pitfall traps (consisting of plastic conduit 16 cm diameter x 40 cm deep with a drift<br />

fence 10 metres long and 15 cm high) was set up and baited with a peanut butter ball. Each<br />

trap was inspected twice daily.<br />

Scats of small and large mammals, including predators, were collected and submitted to<br />

Barbara Triggs of Victoria for examination. This technique is useful in determining the<br />

presence of a species which may not be recorded by other sampling methods, such as quolls.<br />

6.2.1.3 Reptiles and Amphibians<br />

Diurnal searches for reptiles and frogs involve searching beneath ground litter, such as sheets of<br />

iron, fallen timber, leaf litter, decorticating bark, tufts of vegetation, stones, domestic rubbish,<br />

etc. Frogs are also identified by nocturnal searches and listening for characteristic calls of each<br />

species. Searches with a head-mounted torch were conducted along any stream banks or ponds<br />

for calling males. Spotlighting along roads and tracks was also undertaken by motor vehicle<br />

whilst travelling between survey sites. A minimum of one hour of reptile searches and one<br />

hour of amphibian searches was undertaken at each survey site.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


FAUNA 70<br />

6.2.1.4 Bats<br />

Pitfall trapping is also undertaken to capture small reptiles and amphibian species, methodology<br />

as discussed previously.<br />

At each site a harp trap was set up in a suitable flyway to capture bats. These traps were<br />

checked each morning, with the bats identified and then released. The position of the trap was<br />

changed after the first two nights and set up in another suitable flyway to assist in the detection<br />

of different bat species.<br />

An ultrasonic bat recorder was also be utilised throughout the <strong>study</strong> area. Recordings were<br />

undertaken for approximately 30 minutes at each site, with the detector moved continuously.<br />

Recordings made was then analyised using the anabat computer program.<br />

6.2.2 Weather Conditions<br />

Four weeks of fauna survey work was undertaken in the <strong>study</strong> area involving two or three<br />

people. Surveying occurred in 1998 from the 25 October to the 7 November, 22 to 28<br />

November and from 6 to 12 December. The weather conditions for these survey periods are<br />

outlined below:<br />

Week 1 (25-31/10/98) - One day of rainy conditions, with the rest of the week being fine<br />

weather. One night of high winds experienced. Temperature range from 15-27°C.<br />

Week 2 (1-7/11/98) - Cloud cover experienced for three days/four nights. Rain showers<br />

occurred over two days. Two nights of windy conditions. Temperature range from 14-23°C<br />

Week 3 (22-28/11/98) - Rain, with dense cloud cover most of the week. Very windy<br />

conditions experienced on two nights. Temperature range from 16-24°C.<br />

Week 4 (6-12/12/98) - Rain and cloud cover occurred for two days. Mostly calm weather with<br />

small periods of gusty winds. Temperature range from 16-27°C.<br />

6.2.3 Results of Fauna Survey<br />

A large variety of species were recorded in the <strong>study</strong> area. All fauna recorded in the <strong>study</strong> site<br />

is outlined in Table 6-1 below. space.<br />

Table 6-1 Fauna Recorded in the Area<br />

Common Name Scientific Name Survey Habitat Type<br />

Method<br />

Mammals<br />

T koala Phascolarctos cinereus Sp, Sc 30, 37, 60<br />

T Squirrel Glider Petaurus nofolcensis Sp, AC 37, 48, 60<br />

T Ruffous Bettong Aepyprymnus rufescens Sp, HT 60<br />

T Long-nosed Potoroo Perameles nasuta Tr 23, 37, 60<br />

T Yellow-bellied Glider Petaurus australis Sp, AC 36,37,48,62<br />

T Eastern Chestnut Mouse Psuedomys gracilicaudatus Tr, HT 31, 60<br />

Sugar Glider Petaurus breviceps Sp 37,46,60<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


FAUNA 71<br />

Common Name Scientific Name Survey Habitat Type<br />

Method<br />

Brown Antechinus Antechinus stuartii Tr 37,60,62<br />

Northern Brown Bandicoot Isoodon macrourus Tr All<br />

Echidna Tachyglossus aculeatus Ob 37,60<br />

Swamp Rat Rattus leutreolus Tr 30, 31, 48<br />

Bush Rat Rattus fuscipes Tr All<br />

Red-necked Pademelon Thylogale thetis Sp 30,106<br />

Red-necked Wallaby Macropus rufogriseus Sp, Sc All<br />

Eastern Grey Kangaroo Macropus giganteus Sp, Sc 37, 60, 62<br />

Swamp Wallaby Wallabia bicolor Sp 30,31,48,53<br />

Common Ringtail Possum Pseudocheirus peregrinus Sp Rf,<br />

Common Brushtail Possum Trichosuerus volpecula Sp, Sc 36,37,45,48,53,60,62,106<br />

Eastern Pygmy Possum Cercartetus nanus AE 36,53<br />

Grey-headed Flying Fox Pteropus poliocephalus Sp, AC 31,37,45,48,60<br />

T Little Bent-wing Bat Miniopterus australis H, E 37,45,53,60,106<br />

T Large Bent-wing Bat Miniopterus schreibersii H, E 37,45,53,60<br />

T <strong>Great</strong>er Broad-nosed Bat Scoteanax rueppellii E Rf, 45,48<br />

T Hoary Bat Chalinolobus nigrogriseus H 62<br />

T Golden-tipped Bat Kerivoula papuensis H 37<br />

Goulds Wattle Bats Chalinolobus gouldii H, E 60<br />

Chocolate Wattle Bat Chalinolobus morio E 48,60<br />

Little Free-tail Bat Mormopterus loriae E 37<br />

Little Forest Bats Vespadelus vulturnus H, E All<br />

Eastern Forest Bat Vespadelus pumilus E 23,45,53,60<br />

Southern Forest Bat Vespadelus regulus H, E All<br />

Eastern Broad-nosed Bat Scotorepens orion E 37,62,105<br />

Goulds Long-eared Bat Nyctophilus gouldii E 36,48,60<br />

Lesser Long-eared Bat Nyctophilus geoffroyi H 31,48,106<br />

White-striped Mastiff Bat Tadarida australis E 60<br />

*Black Rat Rattus rattus Tr 37,48,60,62<br />

*House Mouse Mus musculus Tr 36,37<br />

Reptiles<br />

Green Tree Snake Denrelaphis punctulata Ob Rf,48<br />

Marsh Snake Hemiaspis signata Ob 30,31,32<br />

Carpet Python Morelia spilota Ob Rf,60<br />

Red-bellied Black Snake Pseudechis porphyriacus Ob 37,60<br />

Small-eyed Snake Cryptophis nigrescens Ob 62<br />

Yellow-faced Whip Snake Cacophis squamulosus Ob 106<br />

Eastern Water Dragon Physignathus lesueurii Ob 37,48,60<br />

Lace Monitor Varanus varius Ob 37,105<br />

Grass Skink Lampropholis delicata Ob. All<br />

Skink Calyptotus ruficauda Ob 37<br />

Eastern Water Skink Eulamprus qyoyii Ob 37,48,53,60<br />

Blue-tongued Lizard Tiliqua scincoides Ob 36,37<br />

Common Scaly-foot Pygopus lepidopodus Ob 60<br />

Amphibians<br />

Tusked Frog Adolotus brevis AC Near Water<br />

Whirring Tree Frog Litoria verreauxii Ob, AC Near Water<br />

Peron’s Tree Fog Litoria peronii AC Near Water<br />

Tyler’s Tree Frog Litoria tylerii AC Near Water<br />

Common Eastern Froglet Crinia signifera AC Near Water<br />

Eastern Dwarf Tree Frog Litoria fallax Ob Near Water<br />

Leaf Green Tree Frog Litoria phylochroa AC Near Water<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


FAUNA 72<br />

Common Name Scientific Name Survey Habitat Type<br />

Method<br />

Bleating Tree Frog Litoria dentata AC Near Water<br />

Freycineti’s Frog Litoria freycineti Ob Near Water<br />

Broad-palmed Frog Litoria latopalmata Ob Near Water<br />

Rocket Frog Litoria nasuta Ob Near Water<br />

Brown Toadlet Pseudophryne bibroni AC, C Near Water<br />

Red-backed Toadlet Pseudophryne coriacea Ob, AC Near Water<br />

Striped Marsh Frog Lymnodynastes peroni Ob, AC Near Water<br />

Birds<br />

White-bellied Sea-eagle Haliaeetus leucogaster Ob Many<br />

Whistling Kite Haliastur sphenurus Ob, AC Many<br />

Brown Goshawk Accipiter fasciatus Ob Many<br />

Australian Kestrel Falco cenchroides Ob Many<br />

Stubble Quail Coturnix pectoralis Ob 60<br />

Brown Quail Corturnix australis Ob 37<br />

Peaceful Dove Geopelia cuneata Ob Many<br />

Emerald Dove Chalcophaps indica Ob Rf<br />

White-headed Pigeon Columba leucomela Ob Many<br />

Crested Pigeon Ocyphaps lophotes Ob Many<br />

Brown Cuckoo-dove Macropygia amboinensis Ob Many<br />

Wonga Pigeon Leucosarcia melanoleuca Ob Many<br />

T Wompoo Fruit-Dove Ptilinopus magnificus Ob 23<br />

Galah Cacatua roseicapilla Ob Many<br />

Yellow-tailed Black Cockatoo Calyptorhynchus funereus Ob, AC Many<br />

Rainbow Lorikeet Trichoglossus haematodus AC Many<br />

Scaley-breasted Lorikeet Trichoglossus chlorolepidotus Ob, Ac Many<br />

Little Lorikeet Glossopsitta pusilla Ob Many<br />

Eastern Rosella Platycercus eximius Ob, AC Many<br />

King Parrot Alisterus scapularis AE Many<br />

Common Koel Eudynamys scolapacea AC Many<br />

Phseasant Coucal Centropus phasianinus Ob Many<br />

Southern Boobook Ninox novaeseelandiae AC Many<br />

Barking Owl Ninox connivens AC Many<br />

T Masked Owl Tyto novaehollandiae Ob, AC 37, 45, 46, 48, 60<br />

Tawny Frogmouth Podargus strigoides Ob, AC Many<br />

Australian Owlet Nightjar Aegotheles cristatus AC Many<br />

White-throated Nightjar Caprimulgus mysticalis AC Many<br />

Australian Kookaburra Dacelo novaeguineae Ob, AC Many<br />

Forest Kingfisher Halycon macleayi Ob Many<br />

Sacred Kingfisher Halycon sancta Ob Many<br />

Noisy Pitta Pitta versicolor AC Rf<br />

Welcome Swallow Hirundo neaxena Ob Many<br />

Black-faced Cuckoo-shrike Coracina nobaehollandiae Ob Many<br />

Cicarda bird Coracina tenuirostris AC Many<br />

Eastern Yellow Robin Eopsaltria australis Ob Many<br />

Rose Robin Petroica phoenica Ob Many<br />

Jacky Winter Microeca leicophaea Ob Many<br />

Golden Whistler Pachycephala pectoralis Ob Many<br />

Rufous Whistler Pachycephala rufiventris Ob, AC Many<br />

Grey Shrike-thrush Colluricincia harmonica Ob Many<br />

Restless Flycatcher Myiagra inquieta Ob Many<br />

Rufous Fantail Rhipidura rufifrons Ob Many<br />

Grey Fantail Rhipidura fuliginosa Ob Many<br />

Willy Wagtail Rhipidura leucophrys Ob Many<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


FAUNA 73<br />

Common Name Scientific Name Survey Habitat Type<br />

Method<br />

Logrunner Orthonyx temminckii Ob Many<br />

Eastern Whipbird Psophodes olivaceus AC Many<br />

Superb Blue Wren Malurus cyaneus Ob Many<br />

Variegated Wren Malurus assimilis Ob Many<br />

White-throated Gerygone Gerygone olivacea Ob Many<br />

Brown Gerygone Gerygone mouki Ob Many<br />

Striated Thornbill Acanthiza lineata Ob Many<br />

Buff-rumped Thornbill Acanthiza reguloides Ob Many<br />

Brown Thornbill Acanthiza pusilla Ob Many<br />

Varied Sitella Daphoenositta chrysoptera Ob Many<br />

White-throated Treecreeper Cormobates leucophaea Ob Many<br />

Brown Treecreeper Acanthiza pusilla Ob Many<br />

Little Wattlebird Anthochaera chrysoptera Ob Many<br />

Noisy Friarbird Philemon corniculatus AC Many<br />

Noisy Miner Manorina melanocephala Ob, AC Many<br />

Scarlet Honeyeater Myzomela obscura Ob Many<br />

White-eared Honeyeater Lichenostormus leucotis Ob Many<br />

New Holland Honeyeater Phylidonyris albifrons Ob Many<br />

Lewin’s Honeyeater Meliphaga lewinii Ob, AC Many<br />

White-cheeked Honeyeater Phylidonyris nigra Ob Many<br />

Eastern Spinebill Acanthorhynchus tenuirostris Ob Many<br />

Spotted Pardalote Pardalotus punctatus Ob Many<br />

Striated Pardalote Pardalotus stiatus Ob Many<br />

Silvereye Zosterops lateralis Ob Many<br />

Red-browed Finch Neochmia temporalis Ob Many<br />

Olive-backed Oriole Oriolus sagittatus Ob Many<br />

Figbird Sphecotheres viridis Ob Many<br />

Satin Bowerbird Ptilonorhynchus violaceus Ob Many<br />

Green Catbird Ailureodus crassirostris Ob, AC Rf<br />

White-browed Scrubwren Sericornis frontalis Ob Many<br />

White-winged Chough Corcorax melanorhamphus Ob Many<br />

Magpie-lark Grallina cyanoleuca Ob Many<br />

Masked Lapwing Ob Many<br />

Spotted Pardalote Pardalotus punctatus Ob Many<br />

Grey Butcherbird Cracticus torquatus Ob, AC Many<br />

Pied Butcherbird Cracticus nigrogularis Ob, AC Many<br />

Pied Currawong Strepera graculina Ob Many<br />

Torrisian Crow Corvus coronoides Ob Many<br />

Australian Magpie Gymnorhina tibicen Ob, AC Many<br />

Australian Raven Corvus coronoides Ob, AC Many<br />

NOTE: AC = Audible Call Tr = Trapped Sp = Spotlight<br />

HT = Hairtube Analysis Sc = Scat Analysis Ob = Observed<br />

C = Captured AE = Anecdotal Evidence T = Threatened Species<br />

6.2.4 Threatened Species<br />

A total of thirteen threatened species were recorded in the <strong>study</strong> area. These were the Koala,<br />

Yellow-bellied Glider, Squirrel Glider, Eastern Chestnut Mouse, Long-nosed Potoroo, Rufour<br />

Bettong, Little Bent-wing Bat, Large Bent-wing Bat, <strong>Great</strong>er Broad-nosed Bat, Hoary Bat,<br />

Golden-tipped Bat, Masked Owl and Wompoo Fruit-dove. An additional nine threatened<br />

species have previously been recorded in the locality and have a high likelihood of occurring in<br />

the <strong>study</strong> area. These species are the Tiger Quoll, Wallum Froglet, Powerful Owl, Regent<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


FAUNA 74<br />

Honeyeater, Osprey, Glossy Black Cockatoo, Stephen’s Banded Snake, Square-tailed Kite and<br />

Turquoise Parrot.<br />

6.3 Fauna Conservation Values<br />

The results obtained from the fauna surveys were combined with the intrinsic habitat values of<br />

the faunal habitats outlined in Section 6.1. The results were utilised to assign a conservation<br />

value to each habitat type, as outlined in Table 6-2 below.<br />

Table 6-2 Fauna Habitat Conservation Values<br />

Forest Type Description Conservation<br />

Value<br />

7, 23, 24, 25 Rainforest High<br />

30 Swamp Mahogany High<br />

30 Swamp Mahogany Old Growth High<br />

31 Paperbark Medium-High<br />

31 Paperbark Old Growth High<br />

32 Swamp Oak Low-Medium<br />

36 Moist Blackbutt Medium-High<br />

36 Moist Blackbutt Old Growth High<br />

37,41 Dry Blackbutt Medium-High<br />

37,41 Dry Blackbutt Old Growth High<br />

45, 46 Mixed Tallowwood High<br />

45, 46 Mixed Tallowwood Old Growth High<br />

48 Flooded Gum High<br />

48 Flooded Gum Old Growth High<br />

53 Brush Box Medium-High<br />

53 Brush Box Old Growth High<br />

60 Mixed Grey Gum High<br />

60 Mixed Grey Gum Old Growth High<br />

62 Mixed Dry Sclerophyll Medium<br />

62 Mixed Dry Sclerophyll Old Growth High<br />

70, 74 Spotted Gum - Ironbark/Grey Gum Low-Medium<br />

105 Smoothbarked Apple Medium<br />

105 Smoothbarked Apple Old Growth High<br />

106 Smoothbarked Apple - Sydney Peppermint - Stringybark High<br />

107,224 225 Scrub Low<br />

221, R Regrowth Low<br />

DW Disturbed Woodland Low<br />

6.4 Habitat Ranking<br />

6.4.1 Methodology<br />

The habitat ranking system utilised for this project was undertaken to assess the relative values<br />

of the habitat within the <strong>study</strong> area. It is based upon an assessment of eight factors for each<br />

mapped vegetation unit. Each factor was assigned a numerical value generally between 0 and<br />

3, except in the case of disturbance which is assigned a negative rating. Each of these factors is<br />

explained below. The first three relate to the individual vegetation unit, while the remaining<br />

five relate to its value within a vegetation complex.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


FAUNA 75<br />

6.4.1.1 Community Habitat Components<br />

This factor is based upon the assessment of the habitat values of each forest type outlined in the<br />

previous table. The features examined included structural components, floristic diversity, the<br />

presence of hollows, presence of logs or rocks, available water and any other noteworthy<br />

features. Each of the forest types have been ranked as high, medium or low quality habitats (or<br />

combination) and assigned a numerical value of between 3 and 1. A value of 3 relates to high<br />

quality habitat and 1 low quality habitat.<br />

6.4.1.2 Conservation Value<br />

This factor relates to the forest type and its conservation value in the region. This is based upon<br />

distributional abundance, the adequacy or otherwise of its conservation in reserves and<br />

National Parks and the likely presence of threatened species. Values are assigned in a similar<br />

manner to the habitat values with a value of 3 representing a high conservation value and 1<br />

representing a low conservation value. This has already been assessed in the previous chapter.<br />

6.4.1.3 Disturbance<br />

The majority of vegetation communities in the <strong>study</strong> area have had some disturbance to them to<br />

varying degrees, either through fire, logging, grazing, underscrubbing, tracks / fences, weed<br />

invasion or mining. Disturbance is also often a transitory state, with the vegetation community<br />

commonly recovering once the disturbance is halted. Any areas that were in a disturbed state so<br />

as to affect their fauna values were assigned a negative rating of -1. All other areas were given<br />

a value of 0 for disturbance.<br />

6.4.1.4 Habitat Node<br />

This factor relates to whether the individual vegetation unit is part of a larger habitat node,<br />

which will influence the value of the area for fauna. The larger the vegetated area usually the<br />

higher the diversity of fauna it can support. In this way if the unit is part of a vegetated area<br />

which is less than 1 km² it was given a habitat node value of 0. If the area forms a vegetated<br />

patch between 1-5 km² it was assigned a value of 1; between 5-10 km² it was assigned a value<br />

of 2; while if the area is greater than 10 km² it was given a rating of 3.<br />

6.4.1.5 Corridor Potential<br />

The corridor potential of a vegetation unit was also assessed. Vegetated corridors were<br />

identified between the core areas, such as the State Forest, Booti Booti National Park. Units<br />

forming a more or less continuous corridor were assigned a value of 3. Units not forming a<br />

continuous corridor, but occurring in an identified corridor band were given a value of 2, while<br />

isolated units or units outside the identified corridors were given 1 point.<br />

6.4.1.6 Proximity to Other Vegetation Units<br />

This factor relates to the isolation of vegetation units and therefore their value to fauna. If a<br />

vegetation unit is less than 50 metres from another unit, then it is assigned a rating of 3. If it is<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


FAUNA 76<br />

between 50 and 250 metres it was given a value of 2. If it is between 250 and 500 metres from<br />

another unit then it was only given a value of 1, while if it is greater than 500 metres it was<br />

given a rating of 0.<br />

6.4.1.7 Local Area Biodiversity<br />

This factor relates to the variability of vegetation units within 1 km². This is based upon the<br />

higher the diversity of vegetation types in an area, the higher the faunal habitat values. 1 km²<br />

was chosen as it would encompass the home ranges of the majority of sedentary fauna species<br />

which require a range of vegetation types within close proximity. A value of 3 for local<br />

biodiversity is applied to areas that have greater than 5 different forest types within 1 km². A<br />

value of 2 was given to units that have between 3 and 5 different types within the 1 km², while<br />

a value of 1 was applied to areas with less than 3 different communities.<br />

6.4.1.8 Known Presence of Threatened Species<br />

This factor varies in value with the records of threatened species. A vegetation unit that has<br />

one or more records of a threatened species within a 1 km radius was given a value of 1 for<br />

each threatened species. All other units were given 0.<br />

6.4.1.9 Summary of Ranking Methodology<br />

The eight factors utilised to determine habitat values of the vegetation units and their relative<br />

numerical ranking is summaries in Table 6-3 below:<br />

Table 6-3 Ranking Methodology Summary<br />

Value Factor 1 2 3<br />

Habitat Value Low Medium High<br />

Conservation Value Low Medium High<br />

Disturbance Present (-1) Absent (0)<br />

Habitat Node >10<br />

km²<br />

500m=0)<br />

250-500m 50-250 m


FAUNA 77<br />

6.4.2 Problems with the Methodology<br />

While the methodology outlined above attempted to provide a comprehensive assessment of all<br />

factors, the variability of the natural environment and its relative value for fauna is difficult to<br />

quantify. The ecosystem is designed to function as a whole with many faunal groups requiring<br />

a range of habitat types within a given area to meet their foraging and sheltering requirements.<br />

Other fauna species have highly specialised requirements and are dependant upon a particular<br />

shrub/tree or microclimatic condition of a habitat for their survival. Therefore, any one<br />

vegetation area will provide high quality habitat for some species and poor quality habitat for<br />

others. This includes both highly disturbed or cleared areas and pristine rainforest.<br />

In addition, assessment of any areas relative habitat value is subjective and based upon limited<br />

human perceptions of the environment. While the above methodology attempted to minimise<br />

individual human subjectivity, the assignment of numerical values and their relative weighting<br />

is initially subjective, despite being based on known ecological principals. Therefore, while the<br />

system is based upon a numerical ranking, the habitat map produced does not show individual<br />

numbers, but has divided the area into high, medium and low quality habitat as outlined below.<br />

6.5 Habitat Conservation Mapping<br />

The habitat conservation values are shown in Figure 6.3. This mapping while based upon the<br />

numerical ranking system outlined above, does not show individual numbers for each unit.<br />

This was undertaken to minimise the subjectivity of the viewers individual interpretation of the<br />

relative weighting of each of the figures. A typical human response would be to assume that an<br />

area with a value of 18 is twice as good habitat as an area with a 9 ranking, three times as good<br />

as a 6, etc. However, this purely mathematical approach does not adequately represent the<br />

complexity of the natural environment.<br />

Therefore, the individual numbers, ranging from 3 to 19, were assigned to one of three classes:<br />

low, medium or high values. Units having a value of less than 8 were assigned a low habitat<br />

value. Medium values were given to areas with a rating of between 9 and 14, while high<br />

quality habitat was assigned to any area with a rating of 15 or greater. Therefore, the two lower<br />

habitat values have 6 individual numbers and the high habitat only has 5. However, some of<br />

the individual habitat and conservation values have been assigned ½ a mark. Therefore, if a<br />

unit was found to equal 14½ it was also given a high rating.<br />

6.6 Ecological Development Constraints<br />

6.6.1 Constraints Map<br />

A number of ecological constraints to development occur in the Smiths Lake Area. Three<br />

threatened plant species were found in the area, Melaleuca biconvexa, Cynanchum elegans and<br />

Eucalyptus fergusonii spp fergusonii. The first two of these species have highly specialised<br />

habitat requirements and occur in fairly small restricted areas. Therefore, development of these<br />

areas would result in the extinction of a local population of a threatened species and hence<br />

should not be undertaken. These areas have been classified as highly constrained for<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


FAUNA 78<br />

development. The distribution of the rare ironbark is more widespread in the area and it is<br />

therefore more difficult to exclude from development all communities containing this species.<br />

A number of vegetation communities were also identified as being of high conservation value<br />

for a variety of reasons. Thirteen threatened fauna species were also recorded in the Smiths<br />

Lake Area.<br />

To determine the development constraints of the <strong>study</strong> area, the conservation map for flora was<br />

overlain with the conservation map for fauna. As mentioned in the previous paragraph the<br />

areas containing the localised threatened plant species were classified as highly constrained<br />

areas. In addition, areas that were identified as being high conservation for both flora and<br />

fauna, or high conservation for fauna and medium or medium-high conservation for flora were<br />

also classified as highly constrained areas.<br />

Areas of medium or low conservation significance for fauna and high or medium-high<br />

conservation significance for flora were classified as moderately constrained. In addition, areas<br />

of high fauna conservation and low flora conservation were also classified as moderately<br />

constrained. All other areas (ie low conservation for both fauna and flora or low for flora and<br />

medium for fauna) were identified as having few constraints for development. The distribution<br />

of these development constraint categories in the <strong>study</strong> area is shown in Figure 6.4.<br />

6.6.2 Other Considerations<br />

The map of development constraints provides broad guidelines for development. Development<br />

of areas that are highly constrained would have a significant impact upon local populations of<br />

threatened species and is likely to result in local extinctions. Development of moderately<br />

constrained land may also result in a significant impact to threatened populations. However, the<br />

impact to populations would not be as great as the previous category. While the fauna trapping<br />

undertaken was comprehensive, there is still areas that were not targeted with surveys. Areas<br />

of moderately constrained land may in fact be more constrained if additional surveys were<br />

undertaken in these areas and threatened species detected.<br />

While a diverse range of threatened fauna species were recorded in Smiths Lake Village, a<br />

number of residents have noted a decline in the distribution of some species, especially the<br />

koala. Therefore, it would appear that while the habitat in the area currently supports viable<br />

populations of threatened species, any more loss of habitat is likely to result in local extinctions<br />

in the Smiths Lake Village Area. However, it is also possible that some populations in the<br />

Village are already headed towards extinction due to the loss of habitat, presence of domestic<br />

pets and mortality through collisions with vehicles. This is especially the case in the more<br />

isolated areas of the village towards the south-eastern corner. Any developments in this area<br />

would require an SIS to be undertaken as local extinctions are likely to result.<br />

Development of areas that have few constraints on them would have very minimal impact on<br />

any threatened population in the <strong>study</strong> area.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


FAUNA 79<br />

6.6.3 Development of Medium and High Conservation Value Land<br />

Land with existing development entitlements conferred by registered subdivision plans and<br />

residential zones is located within areas of medium and high conservation value in the Smiths<br />

Lake Village Area. Under current legislation, development consent would be needed to<br />

construct dwellings on these lots.<br />

Generally, consideration of impacts on threatened species would not be undertaken for<br />

residential scale development. However, given the importance of medium and high<br />

conservation land in the Smiths Lake Village Area, <strong>Council</strong> may need to consider such impacts<br />

due to the adverse cumulative effects of small scale clearing over extensive areas.<br />

<strong>Council</strong> may wish to consider a more holistic approach than that which would occur if each<br />

application that included clearing within a residential lot were considered in isolation. For<br />

example, the formulation of a conservation and development strategy for the Smiths Lake<br />

Village Area, based on stakeholder involvement of <strong>Council</strong>, land owners, residents of Smiths<br />

Lake Village and public authorities, could be pursued separately from this <strong>study</strong>. It would assist<br />

land owners and the community to understand the difficulties that may arise with extensive<br />

clearing, ensure that a consistent and fair approach was adopted by <strong>Council</strong> in considering<br />

applications for residential development, and provide greater certainty to land owners of future<br />

development entitlements.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


WATER QUALITY SENSITIVITY MAPPING 80<br />

7 WATER QUALITY SENSITIVITY MAPPING<br />

7.1 Introduction<br />

This component of the <strong>study</strong>, which is closely related to the stormwater management<br />

assessments presented in Section 4, is intended to classify land areas of the SLA and SLVA<br />

according to their importance for maintenance of water quality within Smiths and Wallis <strong>Lakes</strong>.<br />

In fact, what has been done is somewhat different to this specific wording requirement of the<br />

<strong>study</strong> brief, with WBM Oceanics Australia having identified land areas with potential to<br />

seriously affect water quality in Wallis and Smiths <strong>Lakes</strong>. By inference, an area which could<br />

seriously affect receiving water quality can be defined as land with considerable importance for<br />

maintenance of water quality.<br />

The approach taken by the <strong>study</strong> in regard to the above is summarised below:<br />

• conduct a thorough site inspection of the catchment and receiving waters;<br />

• collate and review all relevant catchment and receiving water quality data;<br />

• develop a set of categories and criteria to enable the assessment of the potential impacts of<br />

particular areas of the SLA and SLVA on receiving water quality; and<br />

• use the categories/criteria and relevant GIS analytical techniques to map the SLA and<br />

SLVA with respect to potential for degrading receiving water quality.<br />

The last component of the above <strong>study</strong> approach subsequently comprised the key ‘start’ point<br />

for <strong>study</strong> stormwater management assessments discussed in Section 4.<br />

7.2 Receiving Water Description<br />

Data on the quality of waters present in Wallis and Smiths <strong>Lakes</strong> were available to WBM<br />

Oceanics Australia from Estuary Processes Studies of these two waterways conducted by Webb<br />

McKeown and Associates for <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Lakes</strong> <strong>Council</strong>. A final copy of the Smiths Lake Estuary<br />

Processes Study was made available to WBM Oceanics Australia, while relevant water and<br />

sediment quality data for the as yet incomplete Wallis Lake <strong>study</strong> were provided by Webb<br />

McKeown/Marine Pollution Research to WBM Oceanics Australia. Based on these data, and<br />

field observations made by WBM Oceanics Australia staff, the following generic comments<br />

can be made:<br />

7.2.1 Smiths Lake<br />

• water and sediment quality levels are close to pristine (ie. resembling that of an undisturbed<br />

catchment);<br />

• water quality levels generally comply with protection of aquatic ecosystems and primary<br />

contact recreation water quality guidelines;<br />

• the <strong>lake</strong> limnological and water quality state would appear to be prone to potential rapid<br />

degradation due to increased catchment loads as:<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


WATER QUALITY SENSITIVITY MAPPING 81<br />

◊<br />

◊<br />

retention times in the system are lengthy; and<br />

slight increases in sediment nutrient reserves (due to deposition of runoff related<br />

inputs) combined with occasional <strong>lake</strong> stratification could rapidly lead to<br />

worsening in <strong>lake</strong> water quality via the initiation of enhanced sediment nutrient<br />

release processes.<br />

• <strong>lake</strong> bacteriological levels appear to increase under wet weather conditions.<br />

7.2.2 Wallis Lake<br />

• Data collected by Webb McKeown and supplied to WBM Oceanics Australia was<br />

completely inadequate to develop any significant understanding of water quality in the<br />

southern extent of Wallis Lake. Only three ambient/sites were located in the <strong>lake</strong> (sites L4,<br />

L5 and L6). For these sites:<br />

◊<br />

◊<br />

no chemical data at all appears to have been collected at site L6<br />

site L4 had one survey/set of analyses for NO x and PO 4 , 3 surveys for faecal<br />

coliforms and 4 surveys for chlorophyll a.<br />

◊ site L5 had one survey/set of analyses for NO x and PO 4 .<br />

This lack of data was reported (Paul Anink, pers comm) to be due to decisions made during<br />

the <strong>study</strong> to focus limited analytical resources elsewhere in the estuary.<br />

• Webb McKeown included one sampling and analysis site in Wallis Creek (site C5) for<br />

which four (4) dry weather surveys and laboratory constituent analyses were performed.<br />

These data (Paul Anink, pers comm) are generally representative of water quality in<br />

southern Wallis Lake. No wet weather data was collected from this site.<br />

• The above data set is presented in Table 7.1<br />

Table 7-1 Southern Wallis Lake Water Quality Data<br />

Site Date NO x<br />

(mg/L)<br />

PO 4<br />

(mg/L)<br />

TN<br />

(mg/L)<br />

TP<br />

(mg/L)<br />

NH 3<br />

(mg/L)<br />

TSS<br />

(mg/L)<br />

FC<br />

(cfu/100mL)<br />

Chl a<br />

(µg/L)<br />

L4 10/8/97


WATER QUALITY SENSITIVITY MAPPING 82<br />

• From these data, it would appear that:<br />

◊<br />

◊<br />

◊<br />

◊<br />

average total nitrogen (0.53mg/L) levels are high;<br />

average total phosphorus (0.03mg/L) levels are elevated;<br />

waters are moderately productive, as evidenced by an average chlorophyll a<br />

level of 4µg/L; and<br />

bacterial and suspended solids levels are low.<br />

• With respect to physical water quality in southern Wallis Lake, data collected by Webb<br />

McKeown (Paul Anink, pers comm) indicated shallow, well mixed, well oxygenated,<br />

estuarine conditions prevail in the area.<br />

7.2.3 Summary<br />

Based on the reasonable data set for Smiths Lake, and the extremely limited Wallis Lake<br />

information, the following summary comments can be made with respect to receiving water<br />

quality levels in the <strong>study</strong> area:<br />

• Smiths Lake is a near pristine, oligotrophic (mean chlorophyll a 1.2µg/L) <strong>lake</strong> exhibiting<br />

high levels of water quality. Lake stratification does occur, and this, combined with the<br />

poorly flushed nature of the <strong>lake</strong> and it’s potential for nutrient accumulation require high<br />

levels of protection to prevent water quality and ecological deterioration.<br />

• Wallis Lake water quality is considerably more degraded than Smiths Lake. Nutrient levels<br />

appear to be significantly higher than those in Smiths Lake (average Total N of 0.53mg/L in<br />

Wallis Lake compared to 0.28mg/L in Smiths Lake, Total P of 0.03mg/L compared to<br />

0.01mg/L in Smiths Lake). Primary productivity rates are commensurately higher, as<br />

evidenced by typical Wallis Lake chlorophyll a levels of 3.0µg/L and Smiths Lake<br />

chlorophyll a levels of 1.2µg/L.<br />

Regardless of the above differences in ambient water quality levels, in terms of sensitivity for<br />

maintenance of water quality, this <strong>study</strong> sees no reason to discriminate between areas draining<br />

to Wallis or Smiths <strong>Lakes</strong>. It could be argued that Smiths Lake water quality is ‘further’ from<br />

relevant water quality criteria than is the case for Wallis Lake, and hence has a greater<br />

assimilative capacity for increased catchment loads. It is the opinion of WBM Oceanics<br />

Australia however, that Smiths Lake is also more susceptible to significant water quality and<br />

environmental degradation if changes occur in catchment loads. This is due to the sporadic<br />

nature of tidal exchange and the observed occasional water column stratification within the<br />

<strong>lake</strong>.<br />

Given the above, and the fact that Wallis Lake nutrient levels are likely to already exceed<br />

ANZECC criteria for the protection of aquatic ecosystems, this <strong>study</strong> believes that each<br />

receiving waterbody should be treated identically with respect to water quality sensitivity, and<br />

that any future catchment development (see Section 4 for further discussion) should aim to<br />

achieve a ‘no-worsening’ criteria with respect to pollutant export into the <strong>lake</strong>s.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


WATER QUALITY SENSITIVITY MAPPING 83<br />

7.3 Sensitivity Analysis Methodology<br />

7.3.1 Preamble<br />

In order to derive relevant receiving water quality impact sensitivity maps, a logical process<br />

was developed which had the following key steps:<br />

• firstly, a number of key parameters which were considered relevant to potential receiving<br />

water quality impact were identified;<br />

• relevant numerical ranges (eg. slopes > 20%) of these parameters were then identified, and<br />

maps of the relevant parameter ranges prepared; and<br />

• finally, a methodology was developed to combine the respective parameters to produce a<br />

receiving water quality impact ‘score’ for each area of land within the SLA and SLVA. The<br />

magnitude of the resulting ‘score’ used to define the high, moderate or low receiving water<br />

quality impact (or level of sensitivity for maintenance of water quality) designation required<br />

in the <strong>study</strong> brief.<br />

The results of this analysis methodology are presented below.<br />

7.3.2 Key Sensitivity Parameters<br />

Water quality and catchment management specialists of the <strong>study</strong> team identified the following<br />

as key parameters relating to the potential receiving water quality impact of the SLA and<br />

SLVA.<br />

• land slope - the steeper the slope, the greater the potential for erosion and hence water<br />

quality impact, especially in the event of any construction;<br />

• tributary and waterway proximity (or buffer width) - the closer a site is to Wallis and Smiths<br />

Lake and major tributaries thereof, the greater the potential for water quality effect;<br />

• soil type - the finer the soil the greater the potential effect;<br />

• presence of a reticulated sewerage system - if an area is sewered, there is less potential for<br />

development related receiving water impact; and<br />

• existing vegetation - if an area is presently heavily vegetated, there is greater sensitivity of<br />

receiving water quality impact than if it has already been cleared.<br />

7.3.3 Parameter Mapping<br />

Figures 7.1 to 7.5 illustrate the relevant mapping conducted by WBM Oceanics Australia of<br />

each of the previously sensitivity parameters. For each parameter, a series of ‘ranges’ was<br />

adopted on the basis of experience and a brief literature/Internet search, as follows:<br />

• land slope 40%<br />

• tributary and waterway proximity >100m, 30-100m,


WATER QUALITY SENSITIVITY MAPPING 84<br />

• sewerage<br />

• existing vegetation<br />

yes, no<br />

cleared, uncleared/natural<br />

7.3.4 Parameter Combination and Sensitivity Designation<br />

Having defined relevant parameters, and ranges for each parameter, the next step in the <strong>study</strong><br />

was to assign a ‘score’ to each range of each parameter, add the ‘scores’ for each parcel of<br />

<strong>study</strong> area within a GIS framework, and finally correlate the total ‘score’ for each parcel of the<br />

<strong>study</strong> area with designated values for high, medium and low water quality sensitivity. Equal<br />

weighting was given to each parameter as no rationale could be identified to do otherwise.<br />

The ‘scoring’ system that was developed for each range of each parameter was as follows:<br />

Parameter<br />

Slope Range 40%<br />

Score 0 1 2 4 5<br />

Waterway Range >100m 30 - 100m


WATER QUALITY SENSITIVITY MAPPING 85<br />

7.4 Sensitivity Mapping<br />

Figure 7-6 presents the derived map of areas of the SLA and SLVA with low, moderate and<br />

high sensitivities for maintenance of water quality. Based on this mapping, 66% of the SLA is<br />

classed as having a high sensitivity for maintenance of water quality, and 32% having a<br />

moderate sensivitivity for maintenance of water quality. For the SLVA, 58% is classed as<br />

having high sensitivity for maintenance of water quality, and 39% is classed as having<br />

moderate sensitivity for maintenance of water quality.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


VISUAL AND SCENIC QUALITY 86<br />

8 VISUAL AND SCENIC QUALITY<br />

8.1 Landscape Character & Elements<br />

Three general categories describe landscape character in the <strong>study</strong> area: urban, rural, and<br />

natural. They are each composed of finer elements that are based on landform, visibility,<br />

prominence and modification. Essentially, all areas are natural environments unless or until<br />

they are modified.<br />

Prominence means the degree to which an element can be viewed from different viewpoints<br />

and distances. Visibility means the degree to which a viewer can perceive elements in their view<br />

shed.<br />

8.1.1 Urban Elements<br />

There are five elements that contribute to urban character in the <strong>study</strong> area:<br />

• sealed roads, with or without curb, gutter or footpaths;<br />

• houses, commercial or community structures and facilities without substantial separation<br />

distances;<br />

• formal landscaping around houses;<br />

• utility services;<br />

• vehicles, parked in driveways or on the road.<br />

Urban elements cause the greatest modification to the natural environment. Urban elements<br />

may have varying degrees of visibility, depending on landform and intervening vegetation.<br />

However, they are generally prominent within the view shed.<br />

Prominent urban elements are now confined to the Smiths Lake Village Area, and to a lesser<br />

extent, Tarbuck Bay.<br />

8.1.2 Rural Elements<br />

Six elements contribute to rural character in the <strong>study</strong> area:<br />

• partly or fully cleared flats, slopes or ridges;<br />

• fenced and managed grassed flats or slopes;<br />

• rural structures such as dams, sheds, barns, dairy bales or yards;<br />

• individual houses separated by expansive areas;<br />

• utility services that are often isolated by localised clearing of corridors;<br />

• narrow, unsealed roads, sometimes lined by remnant vegetation along fence lines within a<br />

road reserve.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


VISUAL AND SCENIC QUALITY 87<br />

Rural elements contribute to the modification of the natural environment. However, their visual<br />

impacts are less obvious. To an extent, rural landscapes may be accepted as natural landscapes.<br />

Rural elements may have varying degrees of visibility and prominence. However clearing<br />

causes the greatest change to the environment. Depending on landform, vegetation coverage<br />

and the distance to viewing areas, many rural elements may be difficult to distinguish within a<br />

natural landscape and would not be prominent.<br />

The areas on both sides of The <strong>Lakes</strong> Way contain elements contributing to rural character.<br />

Further to the south, the character becomes more natural because views are dominated by the<br />

expanse of Smiths Lake and Tarbuck Bay.<br />

8.1.3 Natural Elements<br />

The elements which contribute to natural character in the <strong>study</strong> area are:<br />

• beaches and foreshore areas;<br />

• coastal headlands;<br />

• vegetated valleys;<br />

• vegetated slopes and ridges;<br />

• vegetated low lying wetland areas near the foreshore.<br />

Each element may have a variety of native vegetation associated with it. Natural elements may<br />

include roads, but they would not dominate.<br />

Elevated areas, including slopes, ridges and headlands, are prominent. However visibility is<br />

limited due to intervening landform and native vegetation. Beaches and foreshores may not be<br />

prominent due to intervening landforms and vegetation, but they have high visibility.<br />

Beach and foreshore areas are prominent from sealed roads and lower elevations. They have<br />

high visibility over level areas but limited visibility to higher areas.<br />

8.2 Existing Landscape Character<br />

8.2.1 Boomerang Drive to Charlotte Bay<br />

The <strong>study</strong> area boundary starts at the interface between urban and cleared areas at Blueys<br />

Beach and the south side of Boomerang Drive. The northern part of the <strong>study</strong> area has a<br />

predominantly natural character defined by steep slopes and prominent vegetated ridge lines.<br />

There are no urban or rural elements visible from adjacent roads.<br />

The area from The <strong>Lakes</strong> Way, between Boomerang Drive and Charlotte Bay contains mostly<br />

natural elements, and is provides intermittent views of Wallis Lake, dense vegetation and a<br />

cleared utility corridor.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


VISUAL AND SCENIC QUALITY 88<br />

8.2.2 Charlotte Bay to Kookie Avenue<br />

The settlement along Charlotte Bay Street contains urban elements, including closely-spaced<br />

buildings and a sealed road. The view shed to the west quickly changes to natural with<br />

prominent vegetation defining Wallis Creek. It has a defined edge and is compact.<br />

To the east, the view shed takes in rural elements. In the foreground, the view shed is<br />

dominated by densely vegetated undulating land. Vegetated slopes and ridges dominate the<br />

background views from vantage points that have good visibility.<br />

Opposite Kookie Avenue, Cabbage Tree Palms are prominent in foreground and mediumground<br />

views. To the east, the landscape contains mostly rural elements in the foreground. The<br />

background contains views to vegetated slopes and ridges.<br />

In this area, vegetation abuts The <strong>Lakes</strong> Way in many places, enclosing views from the road.<br />

8.2.3 Charlotte Bay to Sandbar Turnoff<br />

Between Charlotte Bay and the Sandbar turnoff, foreground views to the east include rural<br />

elements, primarily agricultural land, water bodies, widely scattered houses and intermittent<br />

dense vegetation.<br />

To the west, foreground views are of rolling and undulating, mostly cleared land. Rural<br />

elements dominate lower elevations.<br />

To the east and west, vegetated undulating land rises to background views of densely vegetated<br />

slopes and ridges.<br />

At the Sandbar turnoff, vegetation abuts The <strong>Lakes</strong> Way and restricts all but foreground views<br />

to the east. To the west, views are more open. The foreground is dominated by cleared rural<br />

land while background views are dominated by densely vegetated slopes and ridges.<br />

8.2.4 Smiths Lake Village Area<br />

Smiths Lake Village Area has dense overlays of natural and urban elements. It has achieved a<br />

good balance between changes that result from urban development, and conservation of natural<br />

elements that contribute to the visual qualities of the Village.<br />

Urban elements dominate foreground views along higher roads such as Macwood Drive, The<br />

Jack, Patsy’s Flat Road and the three ridge roads. However, most urban areas retain extensive<br />

areas of vegetation and canopy cover is mostly intact. The retention of vegetation is important<br />

to conserving scenic qualities.<br />

Urban elements and form in many areas of Smith Lake Village also contributes to the<br />

conservation of scenic qualities and has been achieved by:<br />

• narrow roads that follow contours or ridge lines;<br />

• road verges that do not delineate boundaries with kerb and gutter or paved/turfed areas;<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


VISUAL AND SCENIC QUALITY 89<br />

• minimising clearing around houses;<br />

• adapting house design to site characteristics so that the need for cuts and fills, or level<br />

building platforms is reduced or eliminated;<br />

• varying mass, form and height and spacing of buildings so that they do not overpower<br />

natural ones;<br />

• using external materials and colour schemes that complement natural elements.<br />

Most developed areas do not have high prominence, but they provide good visibility to scenic<br />

views of Smiths Lake and at higher elevations, the ocean. Many streets have views that are<br />

extensive.<br />

A large property on Sand Bar Road contains mostly rural elements and is partly cleared. It has<br />

low prominence from adjacent areas.<br />

8.2.5 Sandbar Turnoff to Tarbuck Bay<br />

The <strong>Lakes</strong> Way rises between the Sandbar turnoff and Macwood Drive. It traverses rolling<br />

topography before rising to a local crest at Macwood Drive. Views to the west contain rural<br />

elements in the foreground, and intermittent foreground vegetation blocks background views of<br />

vegetated slopes and ridges. To the east, undulating cleared land with intermittent vegetation<br />

dominates foreground views.<br />

The <strong>Lakes</strong> Way descends to near <strong>lake</strong> level south of Macwood Drive. Adjacent to the Smiths<br />

Lake Village Area, foreground views are dominated by a dense canopy of tall vegetation that<br />

rises and falls steeply from the road. Intermittent background views over Smiths Lake and<br />

Sandbar become visible. These features combine to create a highly scenic transition between<br />

rural elements to the north, and the prominent and highly attractive natural elements of Smiths<br />

Lake.<br />

The <strong>Lakes</strong> Way turns to the west once it reaches a near-<strong>lake</strong> elevation. To the north, steep<br />

slopes abutting the road dominate foreground views. The slopes are mostly vegetated. To the<br />

south, intermittent vegetation abuts the road, providing glimpses of Smiths Lake in the<br />

background. This area contains mostly natural elements.<br />

The views from the road then focus on more gently-sloping and open areas surrounding the<br />

village of Tarbuck Bay. To the south, vegetation becomes sporadic and all views are dominated<br />

by natural elements of Smiths Lake and its foreshore. To the north, steep slopes with high<br />

visibility contain a broad vegetated canopy. The canopy is broken where houses have been<br />

built on The <strong>Lakes</strong> Way, Windsor Street and Crown Close.<br />

Natural elements combine with urban elements to create a good balance between development<br />

and conservation of scenic values in Tarbuck Bay. Houses are well-adapted to steep slopes and<br />

significant components of the tree canopy are retained. Houses are closely spaced and strongly<br />

define urban spaces and edges. A public reserve along the foreshore provides good public<br />

access while maintaining some natural elements.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


VISUAL AND SCENIC QUALITY 90<br />

Foreground views of Tudor Street are characterised by gently undulating land containing urban<br />

elements such as roads and houses. Background views are dominated by steeply sloping and<br />

folding vegetated land rising to several prominent ridges north of Tarbuck Bay.<br />

Most houses in Tarbuck Bay enjoy views of Smiths Lake and other natural elements in<br />

background views. They have varying degrees of visibility, depending on vegetation,<br />

orientation and adjoining houses. Importantly, from areas to the south along The <strong>Lakes</strong> Way,<br />

urban elements at Tarbuck Bay do not dominate foreshore views. Its prominence is low and<br />

helps maintain the balance between urban and natural elements.<br />

8.2.6 Tarbuck Bay to Wamwarra Bay/Sugar Creek Valley<br />

West of Tarbuck Bay, roadside vegetation on the foreshore ranges from open to dense, and<br />

provides intermittent views across Smiths Lake. On the opposite side of the road, natural and<br />

rural elements are visible in foreground views while background views are of steep and rolling,<br />

mostly vegetated land with intermittent clearing.<br />

Along Tarbuck Park Road, the road rises and provides access to low-density rural settlement.<br />

Most views are of natural and rural elements. Cleared areas that are used for pasture are<br />

prominent from the road. Most houses have low prominence and are not readily visible.<br />

Between Tarbuck Park Road and Sugar Creek Road, views are of dense vegetation and steep<br />

slopes in the foreground, with dense vegetation extending to the road edge. Natural elements<br />

dominate foreground and background views. Intermittent views of Wamwarra Bay and Smiths<br />

Lake occur where vegetation is more open at ground level.<br />

At Sugar Creek Road, foreground views are dominated by rural elements, Areas cleared for<br />

rural settlement and agriculture are prominent from The <strong>Lakes</strong> Way and Sugar Creek Road.<br />

The land is undulating in the foreground, and rises to more steeply vegetated slopes and ridges<br />

in the background. Cleared areas along Sugar Creek Road give way to continuously-vegetated<br />

slopes and ridges at a point about two kilometres from the intersection of The <strong>Lakes</strong> Way.<br />

Rural elements, including houses, have high prominence and visibility. Because clearing<br />

extends in places to the foreshore, elevated areas along Sugar Creek Road would have<br />

extensive views of Wamwarra Bay and its foreshore.<br />

8.3 Visual Assessment<br />

The majority of the locations in the <strong>study</strong> area now have rural or natural character. Future<br />

development of these locations could create visual impacts in existing developed areas,<br />

depending on the extent of development and the degrees of prominence and visibility.<br />

A methodology developed by the United States Department of Agriculture has been used with<br />

modifications to identify and manage visual impacts. Use of the methodology results in the<br />

definition of five visual management zones.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


VISUAL AND SCENIC QUALITY 91<br />

8.3.1 Methodology<br />

The extent to which modification of the <strong>study</strong> area may affect the visual environment can be<br />

assessed by dividing the <strong>study</strong> area into discrete landscape units that have common visual<br />

characteristics. Each landscape unit is assigned a visual quality rating of high, medium or low.<br />

Visual quality is based on the variety and diversity of structural components, colours and<br />

<strong>text</strong>ures within each unit.<br />

The time that observers are able to view a landscape unit, and the distance of observers from<br />

each unit, are determined for each landscape unit and a sensitivity classification is made. The<br />

three variables are then arranged in a matrix. Management zones are assigned for each<br />

combination of the three variables. Each management zone has objectives which guide the<br />

consideration of potential modifications within them.<br />

8.3.2 Landscape Units<br />

Five landscape units were identified in the <strong>study</strong> area based on landform, vegetation and human<br />

modification. Figure 8-1 shows the location of landscape units.<br />

Undulating Forested Land (UFL)<br />

This unit includes large areas east of The <strong>Lakes</strong> Way between Charlotte Bay and the Smiths<br />

Lake Village Area, the back of Tarbuck Bay, and the Sugar Creek Road valley.<br />

The unit is characterised by undulating land with partial to full vegetation coverage. It contains<br />

rural and natural elements, although natural elements tend to dominate. Vegetation in this unit<br />

has varied structure and colour.<br />

The unit has moderate visual quality because of its prominence and vegetation structure, and<br />

because it forms a transition from lower, cleared areas to steeper vegetated slopes.<br />

Forested Slopes & Ridges (FSR)<br />

This unit covers most of the higher elevations within the <strong>study</strong> area. It includes the prominent<br />

ridges north of Tarbuck Bay, and the prominent high ridges extending between Sandbar and<br />

Blueys Beach, at the eastern edge of the <strong>study</strong> area.<br />

This unit is characterised by mostly continuous vegetation coverage, steep slopes and<br />

prominent ridge lines. This unit has vegetation with strong colour and <strong>text</strong>ure. It is comprised<br />

of natural elements.<br />

The unit has a moderate to high visual quality because of its prominence, the variation in<br />

structure and colour of vegetation, and its mostly natural character.<br />

Lake & Foreshore (LF)<br />

This unit takes in all foreshore and tidal areas within the <strong>study</strong> area.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


VISUAL AND SCENIC QUALITY 92<br />

The unit is characterised by natural elements including sand, water, tidal vegetation and its flat<br />

topography. Vegetation cover ranges from cleared to sporadic at Tarbuck Bay to dense near<br />

undeveloped areas surrounding Symes Bay and Smiths Lake.<br />

The unit has a high visual quality because of its prominence from many viewing areas, its<br />

limited extent and its importance in maintaining scenic qualities and recreational values.<br />

Urban Land (Urban)<br />

This unit takes in developed areas in Charlotte Bay, Kookie Avenue, Sandbar, Smiths Lake<br />

Village Area, and Tarbuck Bay.<br />

The unit is characterised by close settlement of houses, formalised streets, formal landscaping,<br />

the presence of vehicles parked in streets and non-residential buildings. Remnant vegetation is<br />

usually present, and may be dense and form a defining canopy. It is comprised of mostly urban<br />

elements, but may include features found in rural and natural elements.<br />

The unit has a low to medium visual quality because it tends to reduce or eliminate natural<br />

elements.<br />

It is acknowledged that some people may prefer to view urban elements in the con<strong>text</strong> of high<br />

quality streetscapes, gardens and architecture, however promotion of such values is addressed<br />

in urban design and development control policies.<br />

Cleared & Rural Land (CRL)<br />

This unit takes in areas of rural settlement and agricultural land uses. It generally includes land<br />

at lower elevations. Extensive areas of cleared land are found adjacent to The <strong>Lakes</strong> Way, on<br />

Sugar Creek Road and at Cellito / Sandbar.<br />

The unit is characterised by the presence of pasture species. Although some native shrub and<br />

tree cover remains, the vegetation has low structural diversity and ground covers and grasses<br />

dominate visually. It mostly occurs on flat to gently undulating land.<br />

The unit has a medium visual quality because of its varied topography and vegetation cover. It<br />

has high prominence from adjacent areas and offers high visibility due to a lack of obstructing<br />

features.<br />

8.3.3 Sensitivity Levels<br />

Sensitivity levels express the concern people have for the visual quality of an area. Concern<br />

varies according to the needs of the viewer. For example, residents who view an area daily<br />

from their home would have greater concern for visual quality than someone who infrequently<br />

visits the area. The concern that tourists might have for visual quality is important because of<br />

tourism’s value to the local economy.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


VISUAL AND SCENIC QUALITY 93<br />

Sensitivity also relates the number of people who might view a landscape unit and their<br />

viewing duration. Three levels of vantage points corresponding to different levels of sensitivity<br />

are considered:<br />

• Level One includes areas of high sensitivity where a large number of existing residents or<br />

visitors have moderate to long viewing duration.<br />

• Level Two includes areas of moderate sensitivity where a moderate number of existing<br />

residents or visitors have short to moderate viewing duration.<br />

• Level Three includes areas of low sensitivity where few residents or visitor have little or no<br />

viewing duration.<br />

Sensitivity is modified by a factor expressing the distance from the observer to the landscape<br />

unit:<br />

• the foreground (fg) is the area within 0 to 100 metres of the observer, where landscape<br />

details are visible.<br />

• the middle ground (mg) is the area between 100 and 1,000 metres from the observer, where<br />

vegetation <strong>text</strong>ures and land use patterns are visible.<br />

• the background (bg) is the area which is 1,000 metres beyond the observer, where <strong>text</strong>ures<br />

and patterns are indistinct.<br />

Sensitivity is combined with distance to provide a sensitivity classification, such as “mg-2”.<br />

This would indicate that the area falls within the middle ground and has a sensitivity level of<br />

two. Where an area is visible from more than one location, the more restrictive sensitivity<br />

classification is used. Figure 8-1 shows the extent of each sensitivity classification.<br />

8.3.4 Visual Management Zones<br />

Five visual management zones are defined and contain objectives guiding the extent of<br />

activities or modifications which may occur within each management zone:<br />

• Zone 1 is a visual conservation zone and allows for only natural changes. All modifications<br />

and activities, other than low impact casual recreation facilities such as bushwalking tracks,<br />

should be discouraged.<br />

• Zone 2 is also sensitive to visual modification and should be retained in a predominantly<br />

natural state. Activities or modifications should only be permitted if they repeat the form,<br />

line, colour and <strong>text</strong>ure of the landscape unit. Suitable activities and modifications would<br />

include narrow roads and small scale, low structures, clad in natural materials, which cause<br />

limited disturbance to native vegetation.<br />

• Zone 3 is a limited development zone. Activities and modifications should remain visually<br />

subordinate to the visual character, and native vegetation should be substantially retained.<br />

Development should be compatible with surrounding visual characteristics. Development<br />

which would be suitable includes rural dwellings and farm buildings, rural intensive<br />

development, urban cluster development, and small scale tourist facilities.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


VISUAL AND SCENIC QUALITY 94<br />

• Zone 4 is less sensitive to development than Zone 3. Modifications and development may<br />

visually dominate surrounding visual characteristics. Activities and modifications suitable in<br />

this zone include urban development, infrastructure and community facilities. Development<br />

should be sympathetic with surrounding visual characteristics and native vegetation should<br />

be retained where practical.<br />

• Zone 5 is a development zone where activities and modifications may dominate<br />

surrounding visual characteristics. Native vegetation would not be retained.<br />

Visual management zones were assigned to landscape units based on a matrix incorporating<br />

visual quality and sensitivity classifications. The matrix is shown in Table 8-1.<br />

Table 8-1 Management of Visual Environment<br />

Visual Quality<br />

Sensitivity Classification (Distance & Viewer Sensitivity)<br />

fg-1 mg-1 bg-1 fg-2 mg-2 bg-2 3<br />

High Zone 1 Zone 1 Zone 2 Zone 2 Zone 2 Zone 3 Zone 3<br />

Moderate to High Zone 1 Zone 2 Zone 2 Zone 3 Zone 3 Zone 4 Zone 4<br />

Moderate Zone 2 Zone 3 Zone 3 Zone 3 Zone 3 Zone 4 Zone 4<br />

Low to Moderate Zone 3 Zone 3 Zone 3 Zone 4 Zone 4 Zone 4 Zone 5<br />

Low Zone 4 Zone 4 Zone 4 Zone 5 Zone 5 Zone 5 Zone 5<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


LAND CAPABILITY ASSESSMENT 95<br />

9 LAND CAPABILITY ASSESSMENT<br />

9.1 Approach<br />

The preceding sections of this Study have provided information on:<br />

• physical characteristics of the landforms and water bodies in the <strong>study</strong> area;<br />

• surveys and descriptions of vegetation and animals found in the <strong>study</strong> area;<br />

• major forces which act on them;<br />

• likely outcomes when landforms are altered;<br />

• <strong>planning</strong> and management practices that would limit adverse changes so that environmental<br />

qualities are not degraded.<br />

This section defines constraints, management responses and the locations of precincts that<br />

capability for development. This section also links recommended <strong>planning</strong> and construction<br />

practices with the principles of ecologically sustainable development.<br />

The results are shown on accompanying figures.<br />

9.1.1 Constraints<br />

Actions that change landform, water bodies, vegetation or habitat have the potential to cause<br />

impacts that are recognised or accepted as being undesirable, harmful, or in some cases<br />

prohibited by legislation. The physical and biological characteristics of the environment<br />

determine whether actions that change it are likely to cause potential impacts.<br />

Four environmental characteristics of the <strong>study</strong> area have been examined:<br />

• soils and geotechnical characteristics;<br />

• flooding, hydrology and drainage;<br />

• flora and fauna;<br />

• visual quality.<br />

In addition, land was not considered to be capable of development if it was located within 100<br />

m of the boundary of a Coastal Wetland or a Littoral Rainforest under SEPP 14 or SEPP 26.<br />

This land was therefore excluded and considered not capable for development.<br />

There is a strong causal link between these environmental characteristics, and likely<br />

environmental changes. These characteristics will determine the nature and magnitude of<br />

impacts that would be caused by changes to the environment from future development.<br />

Constraints have been defined as types or categories of environmental characteristics that when<br />

changed, may cause impacts that are unacceptable or harmful to the environment. Some<br />

constraints, such as very steep slope, or high conservation value habitat, cannot be overcome<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


LAND CAPABILITY ASSESSMENT 96<br />

because of the impracticality or impossibility of limiting consequent changes. In these cases,<br />

the only acceptable response is avoidance.<br />

Other constraints can be managed with careful <strong>planning</strong> and management. It is important that<br />

<strong>Council</strong> has an appreciation of not only the constraints, but the response needed to manage the<br />

constraint.<br />

9.1.2 Responses Needed to Manage Constraints<br />

9.1.2.1 Effort<br />

Many constraints can be overcome by formulating management responses. There are two<br />

objectives that must be considered in formulating responses:<br />

• the primary objective is to avoid or limit adverse impacts that would, without intervention,<br />

be unacceptable or prohibited;<br />

• the secondary objective is to ensure that the response does not unreasonably transfer<br />

impacts, or the burden of avoiding or minimising impacts, to other parties or the<br />

community.<br />

The characteristics of <strong>planning</strong> and management responses are discussed below.<br />

Depending on the particular constraint, most responses needed to avoid or minimise potential<br />

adverse impacts will require physical intervention. In considering such responses, it is useful to<br />

identify the magnitude, complexity and cost of the intervention that will be needed. This is<br />

defined as effort and is a qualitative, not quantitative, expression. Magnitude means the extent<br />

of the intervention, both spatially and in time. Complexity means the degree to which the<br />

response depends on technology or manufactured materials that may require monitoring,<br />

maintenance or other attention. Cost refers to the amount needed to initiate and maintain the<br />

response. It is a comparative expression.<br />

For instance, if a site contained potential acid sulphate soils, and development would disturb<br />

them resulting in acid discharge to the environment, one response would be to neutralise the<br />

soils. Depending on the <strong>volume</strong> of soil, and the quantity of acid it could release, any one of the<br />

three factors defined above – magnitude, complexity or cost – could raise the effort needed to<br />

manage the response to a level at which it would be impractical to undertake.<br />

Effort is ranked as either high, medium or low.<br />

9.1.2.2 Time Frame<br />

The response needed to avoid or minimise impacts will have a time frame during which<br />

intervention occurs. The response to a constraint such as sedimentation is ongoing because as<br />

long as the disturbance to soil and vegetation continues, the response is needed. Other<br />

constraints, such as steep slopes, require a response that is finite. For example, construction of a<br />

pole frame or pole platform house on a steep slope requires short term intervention during<br />

construction, after which, the site becomes stable and no further intervention is required.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


LAND CAPABILITY ASSESSMENT 97<br />

Time frame is shown as short-term or long-term.<br />

9.1.2.3 Sustainability of Response<br />

Some responses will require ongoing intervention to succeed in limiting adverse changes to an<br />

environmental characteristic.<br />

For example, most of the <strong>planning</strong> and management responses identified in this <strong>study</strong> that relate<br />

to maintenance of existing water quality rely on catchment-based interventions. Minimising<br />

impervious areas, and use of rainwater tanks to reduce off-site stormwater flows, on-site<br />

infiltration, vegetation filtration and swale drainage reduce stormwater flows at the source.<br />

In contrast, conventional trunk drainage systems rely on efficient conveyance of stormwater to<br />

a centralised detention and treatment facility prior to discharge. A centralised facility is an<br />

example of a response that is difficult to sustain in the long term. It may lose treatment<br />

effectiveness and allow adverse changes to downstream water quality due to siltation or failure<br />

of physical or biological components.<br />

As a second example, the disposal of effluent on-site, using conventional septic systems, results<br />

in the buildup of nutrients and pathogens that are difficult to confine. While in the short term,<br />

such systems may not cause changes to soil or water quality, in the long term there is high<br />

certainty that adverse changes will occur. It would be rated as poor. In this case, the preferable<br />

response is to plan development that can be connected to the reticulated sewer system, and thus<br />

avoid the potential impacts to the environment.<br />

Sustainability is rated as excellent, good or poor.<br />

9.1.3 Consistency with <strong>Council</strong>’s Goals & Objectives<br />

<strong>Council</strong> continuously improves it capability to manage the environment. <strong>Council</strong> is now<br />

gathering base line survey information on a range of environmental characteristics to assist with<br />

the management of the environment, particularly effluent, stormwater and habitat conservation.<br />

Generally, all recommendations in this <strong>study</strong>, and the basis for <strong>planning</strong> and management<br />

responses, are consistent with known policies and studies now being formulated or undertaken<br />

by <strong>Council</strong>.<br />

9.1.4 Principles of Ecologically Sustainable Development<br />

In 1987, the World Commission on Environment and Development released Our Common<br />

Future. It used the term sustainable development:<br />

development that meets the needs of the present without compromising the ability<br />

of future generations to meet their own needs (<strong>Great</strong> <strong>Lakes</strong> <strong>Council</strong>, 1995).<br />

The Commonwealth Government uses the term ecologically sustainable development to mean:<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


LAND CAPABILITY ASSESSMENT 98<br />

development that improves the quality of life, both now and in the future, in a way<br />

that maintains the ecological processes on which life depends (<strong>Great</strong> <strong>Lakes</strong><br />

<strong>Council</strong>, 1995).<br />

The goal of ecologically sustainable development, or ESD, is to link development with<br />

protection of the environment so that basic human needs are met, living standards are<br />

improved, and ecosystems are better protected and managed.<br />

Four principles are found in the Environmental Planning and Assessment Regulation with<br />

respect to environmental impact assessment:<br />

1. The Precautionary Principle: if there are threats of serious or irreversible environmental<br />

damage, lack of scientific certainty should not be a reason for postponing measures to<br />

prevent environmental degradation;<br />

2. Inter-generational Equity: the present generation should ensure that the health, diversity,<br />

and productivity of the environment is maintained or enhanced for future generations;<br />

3. Conserve biological diversity and ecological integrity;<br />

4. Improve valuation and pricing of environmental resources for comparison with social and<br />

economic resources when considering management options.<br />

In identifying environmental characteristics, this <strong>study</strong> has used the four ESD principles to<br />

formulate categories of constraints, and <strong>planning</strong> and management responses.<br />

For example, habitat ranking is based on nine factors that give effect to inter-generational<br />

equity, conservation of biological diversity and valuation of environmental resources.<br />

Constraints that are considered impractical to manage support the precautionary principle. The<br />

formulation of water quality sensitivity mapping parameters also supports the precautionary<br />

principle, as well as inter-generational equity because it is providing more sustainable systems<br />

to manage the impacts of development.<br />

9.2 Constraint & Response<br />

Constraints, <strong>planning</strong> and management responses, and the characteristics of each response, are<br />

presented in Table 9.1 below.<br />

Areas in which constraints to development can be managed are shown as precincts in Figure 9-<br />

1. Areas outside of these precincts have characteristics and constraints that cannot be practically<br />

managed.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


LAND CAPABILITY ASSESSMENT 99<br />

Environmental<br />

Characteristic<br />

Soils / Geotechnical<br />

R1<br />

Table 9-1 Land Capability<br />

Primary Constraints Planning Response Management Response Response Characteristics<br />

slope; slope instability, erosion<br />

hazard,<br />

Effort (High, Med, Low)<br />

Time Frame (Short or Long Term)<br />

Sustainability (Excellent, Good, Poor)<br />

Avoid n/a Low; Long term; Excellent No<br />

R2 slope; slope instability; erosion hazard Limit extent detailed geotechnical investigation; High, Long term, Good<br />

Yes<br />

minimise disturbance; pole housing,<br />

erosion controls<br />

R3 erosion hazard Limit extent detailed geotechnical investigation Medium; Short term; Good<br />

Yes<br />

for earthworks deeper than 1 m;<br />

erosion controls<br />

R4 erosion hazard n/a erosion controls Low, Short term; Good Yes<br />

A<br />

E<br />

S<br />

S1<br />

S2<br />

erosion hazard; acid sulphate soils;<br />

drainage; low bearing capacity<br />

low bearing capacity; acid sulphate<br />

soils; erosion hazard; drainage<br />

low bearing capacity; erosion hazard<br />

(wind, wave); acid sulphate soils;<br />

drainage<br />

low bearing capacity, erosion hazard<br />

(wind, wave); slope instability; slope<br />

low bearing capacity; erosion hazard<br />

(wind, wave); slope instability; slope<br />

n/a<br />

Limit extent<br />

Limit extent<br />

geotechnical, acid sulphate soils,<br />

flooding investigations<br />

geotechnical, acid sulphate soils,<br />

flooding investigations<br />

geotechnical, acid sulphate soils,<br />

flooding investigations<br />

Medium; Long Term; Good<br />

High; Long Term; Good<br />

High; Long Term; Good<br />

Limit extent detailed geotechnical investigation High; Long Term; Poor Yes<br />

Avoid n/a Low; Long Term; Excellent No<br />

Flooding & Drainage<br />

Increase in peak flows stormwater management plan using<br />

water sensitivity urban design<br />

Increase in runoff <strong>volume</strong> stormwater management plan using<br />

water sensitivity urban design<br />

Reduction in groundwater<br />

recharge<br />

Stormwater Quality<br />

stormwater management plan using<br />

water sensitivity urban design<br />

Low; Long Term; Excellent<br />

Low; Long Term; Excellent<br />

Low; Long Term; Good<br />

Changes to water quality<br />

30 m buffer from centre line of all<br />

Low; Long Term; Excellent<br />

Yes<br />

waterways<br />

Changes to water quality Smaller roads to follow contours Low; Long Term; Excellent Yes<br />

Changes to water quality Retain vegetation Low; Long Term; Excellent Yes<br />

Include in<br />

Land<br />

Capability<br />

Precinct?<br />

Yes<br />

Yes<br />

Yes<br />

Yes<br />

Yes<br />

Yes<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S A U S T R A L I A


LAND CAPABILITY ASSESSMENT 100<br />

Environmental<br />

Characteristic<br />

Flora & Fauna<br />

High Habitat Value<br />

(score greater than 15)<br />

Medium Habitat Value<br />

(score between 9 & 14)<br />

Primary Constraints Planning Response Management Response Response Characteristics<br />

Changes to water quality<br />

Changes to<br />

water quality<br />

Minimise impervious areas; direct runoff<br />

to infiltration areas; reuse runoff<br />

Effort (High, Med, Low)<br />

Time Frame (Short or Long Term)<br />

Sustainability (Excellent, Good, Poor)<br />

Medium; Long Term; Excellent<br />

Education & Awareness High; Long Term; Good Yes<br />

Changes to water quality Effective sediment and erosion controls Medium; Short Term; Good Yes<br />

Changes to water quality Use rainwater tanks for non-potable Medium; Long Term; Excellent<br />

Yes<br />

uses; overflows directed to<br />

infiltration areas<br />

Changes to water quality Use onsite infiltration Medium; Long Term; Excellent Yes<br />

Changes to water quality Use vegetation to diffuse and filter Low; Long Term; Excellent<br />

Yes<br />

overland flows<br />

Changes to water quality Use swale drains in sandy soils with Low; Long Term; Good<br />

Yes<br />

moderate slopes and large lots<br />

Changes to water quality Use appropriate housing forms that<br />

minimise ground disturbance<br />

Medium; Short Term; Good<br />

Yes<br />

Avoid Low; Long Term; Excellent No<br />

Three development precincts include<br />

Med Habitat Value in parts that are<br />

adjacent to Low Habitat Value<br />

Prepare detailed investigation of<br />

need to conserve/retain Medium<br />

Value Habitat in each precinct<br />

Medium; Long Term; Poor<br />

Include in<br />

Land<br />

Capability<br />

Precinct?<br />

Yes<br />

Yes<br />

Limit extent to fragments, and case by<br />

case review.<br />

Control clearing, domestic pets,<br />

weeds; access<br />

Future development potential<br />

subject to s5A tests<br />

Low Habitat Value<br />

(score less than 8)<br />

Encourage replanting of native<br />

species; control domestic pets and<br />

weeds<br />

Medium; Long Term; Good<br />

Yes<br />

Water Quality Sensitivity<br />

Low sensitivity Depends on combination of Low; Short Term; Excellent Yes<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S A U S T R A L I A


LAND CAPABILITY ASSESSMENT 101<br />

Environmental<br />

Characteristic<br />

Primary Constraints Planning Response Management Response Response Characteristics<br />

Effort (High, Med, Low)<br />

Time Frame (Short or Long Term)<br />

Sustainability (Excellent, Good, Poor)<br />

parameters<br />

Include in<br />

Land<br />

Capability<br />

Precinct?<br />

Moderate sensitivity Depends on combination of<br />

parameters<br />

High sensitivity Depends on combination of<br />

parameters<br />

Visual Quality<br />

Medium; Long Term; Good<br />

High; Long Term; Poor<br />

Yes<br />

Yes<br />

Zone 1 High quality Retain in natural state Low; Long Term; Excellent No<br />

Zone 2 High quality Retain in natural state Allow minimal change Low; Long Term; Excellent Yes<br />

Zone 3 Medium Quality Limit extent of development Low; Long Term; Good Yes<br />

Zone 4 Medium Quality Encourage sympathetic<br />

development<br />

Low; Long Term; Good<br />

Yes<br />

Zone 5 Low Quality No controls Low; Long Term; Good Yes<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S A U S T R A L I A


ABORIGINAL AND EUROPEAN HERITAGE 102<br />

10 ABORIGINAL AND EUROPEAN HERITAGE<br />

10.1 Introduction<br />

The archaeologist engaged by WBM for this component of the <strong>study</strong> was Dr Laila Haglund of<br />

Haglund and Associates, Cultural Heritage Consultants.<br />

Mr. M. Leon, Sites Officer, and Messrs R. Paulson and S. Brereton represented Forster Local<br />

Aboriginal Land <strong>Council</strong> (FLALC) in discussions about the project and a field visit.<br />

Mr. Leon generously forwarded information from the Land <strong>Council</strong> data base and provided<br />

access to their library of reports and publications. This has been used in the preparation of this<br />

report. A selection is included in Appendix E.<br />

The section provides:<br />

• A summary of management issues deriving from existing legislation;<br />

• A summary of discussions with Local Aboriginal Land <strong>Council</strong> representatives;<br />

• A brief description of the landscape of the <strong>study</strong> area noting aspects of particular importance<br />

to traditional Aboriginal life;<br />

• An assessment of the Aboriginal archaeological resource in the region, as presently known,<br />

by reference to the NSW National Parks and Wildlife (NPWS) site register, consultant<br />

reports, other relevant literature and discussions with colleagues regarding work in progress;<br />

• A description and broad assessment of the Aboriginal heritage potential and management<br />

requirements of various sections of the area noting problems relating to lack of surface<br />

visibility;<br />

• Suggested strategies for future investigations;<br />

• Management recommendations based on these results and relevant legislative requirements.<br />

10.2 Management Issues<br />

10.2.1 Legislative Con<strong>text</strong><br />

In NSW management of Aboriginal heritage locations, including archaeological sites, is at<br />

present primarily the responsibility of the Director of the NSW National Parks and Wildlife<br />

Service (NPWS). Such management is carried out within a legislative framework and<br />

management policies take into account the assessed or potential significance or value of the<br />

locations to various groups within the community and in particular to the local and broader<br />

Aboriginal community. Development is regulated by state and federal legislation, some of<br />

which plays a direct and specific role in managing Aboriginal heritage.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC


ABORIGINAL AND EUROPEAN HERITAGE 103<br />

State Legislation<br />

The National Parks and Wildlife Act, 1974 (as amended) makes it illegal to damage, deface or<br />

destroy an Aboriginal relic without written permission of the Director of the NPWS. Any<br />

person aware of the location of a relic is required to report its existence to the Director unless<br />

there is good reason to believe that the relic has already been reported. Such relics may be<br />

portable (e.g. one or more loose artefacts) or fixed (e.g. painted or engraved art on rock faces).<br />

Heritage locations (‘Aboriginal sites’) vary in character and may comprise e.g. burials or<br />

ceremonial sites, or practical items such as tools and manufacturing debris embedded in the<br />

floor deposit of a shelter, or in a midden, or grinding grooves or hollows on rock outcrops,<br />

quarried outcrops with their tell-tale debris, or trees with scars or carvings resulting from<br />

Aboriginal activities.<br />

Most Aboriginal sites have the status of real property and thus belong to the landowner who<br />

can restrict access but may not remove items or in some other way disturb or destroy the site<br />

without written consent.<br />

If Aboriginal sites, potential archaeological deposits (PADs) or other areas of heritage potential<br />

are identified prior to proposed development, some form of sub-surface testing may be<br />

recommended, depending on an assessment of e.g. the effects of past land use and surface<br />

disturbance, the character and type of the expected content and its possible significance, and the<br />

outcome of consultation with authorities and relevant interest groups.<br />

Such assessment and consultation would normally be part of the process of acquiring a<br />

Preliminary Research Permit from the NPWS. Obtaining such permit is mandatory prior to any<br />

excavation ‘for the purpose of finding relics’ (which includes testing to see if any are present).<br />

If testing proves negative (with regard to Aboriginal or other heritage items), there would be no<br />

archaeological constraint on the proposed development.<br />

If relics/sites are identified, these (as well as previously known heritage material in the relevant<br />

area), would be subject to assessment to determine potential impact by the proposed<br />

development. If impact is likely, then a Consent to Destroy must be sought from the NPWS.<br />

This should normally be preceded by review of possible modification of the proposal,<br />

alternative locations or other means of mitigating the potential impact.<br />

Applications for research permits and consents to destroy Aboriginal heritage material require<br />

prior consultation with relevant Aboriginal representatives as well as written documentation of<br />

this, e.g. via a letter or statement from the relevant group or groups, normally at least the Local<br />

Aboriginal Land <strong>Council</strong>. There may be a need to consult additional groups, e.g. if several<br />

family groups affiliated with the location have divergent opinions.<br />

A consent to destroy may be issued with the proviso that appropriate salvage investigations,<br />

e.g. surface collection and/or archaeological excavation and analysis are completed.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC


ABORIGINAL AND EUROPEAN HERITAGE 104<br />

The Act enables the NPWS to acquire land containing significant relics. This may be dedicated<br />

as Aboriginal Areas or Historic Sites. The NPWS may also enter into Conservation Agreements<br />

with landowners for the protection of relics and/or may, with the consent of the owners,<br />

declare particular places to be Protected Aboriginal Areas though remaining in private<br />

ownership. Locations which are significant to Aboriginal people but lack physical relics to<br />

mark their existence may be declared Aboriginal Places and thereby obtain the same protected<br />

status as physical relics.<br />

It is the policy of the NPWS that local Aboriginal communities be consulted about matters<br />

affecting sites in their area. The Director is not bound by their views, but, as noted above,<br />

written notification from relevant communities are a required part of documentation to be<br />

submitted with applications for permits to investigate or consent to destroy heritage locations.<br />

The recent National Parks and Wildlife Amendment (Aboriginal Ownership) Act 1996 No.<br />

142, though strictly speaking applying to National Parks in NSW, has a wider application in<br />

terms of the principles adopted. What the Director of the NPWS applies as policy for its own<br />

domains with regard to Aboriginal ownership (in effect, rights to be consulted and have a say in<br />

decision-making) can hardly be watered down in relation to other areas.<br />

The Act establishes (or will do so over time) a register of Aboriginal owners which is<br />

administered by the Registrar of the Aboriginal Land Rights Act 1983. Listing on the register<br />

will be via criteria of descent and cultural tradition.<br />

The Act is intended (NPWS information brochure December 1996) to provide an opportunity<br />

to:<br />

• Return ownership of national parks and reserves to Aboriginal people;<br />

• Ensure that parks are managed by Aboriginal people in partnership with NSW NPWS; and<br />

• Return Aboriginal relics and ancestral remains.<br />

Federal Legislation<br />

The Australian Heritage Commission Act, 1975, establishes the Australian Heritage<br />

Commission which maintains a Register of the National Estate. The Register includes many<br />

Aboriginal sites which are covered by provisions of relevant state legislation. The Commission<br />

offers advice on conservation of listed sites. The Act constrains Federal ministers in relation to<br />

matters which might affect sites.<br />

Under the terms of the Federal Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Heritage Protection Act,<br />

1984, the Minister of Aboriginal Affairs may, upon application by Aborigines intervene to<br />

protect objects deemed to be of traditional significance to Aborigines and which are under<br />

threat.<br />

The Native Title Act, 1993, focuses on continuity of links with an area (Butt 1993). Where this<br />

can be demonstrated Aborigines of local derivation and ancestry will have a case for making<br />

claims for land interests arising from it.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC


ABORIGINAL AND EUROPEAN HERITAGE 105<br />

But as will be clear from recent political events and court cases, the whole area of Aboriginal<br />

rights is still in flux and will require much further negotiation. Private agreements negotiated<br />

between land owners and Aboriginal representatives may in the long run be at least as<br />

important in relation to Aboriginal heritage matters as legislative requirements.<br />

10.2.2 Significance Values<br />

The heritage value (ie. assessed Aboriginal, scientific and public significance) of archaeological<br />

sites normally provides the basis for their management (Sullivan & Bowdler 1984).<br />

Scientific or archaeological significance relates to the potential of a site to answer research<br />

questions, now or in the future. Here lies a challenge in that it is difficult and well nigh<br />

impossible to assess what may have the potential to answer research questions not yet<br />

imagined. As our knowledge expands and new techniques are developed, new questions will<br />

appear.<br />

Criteria commonly used in significance assessment are site condition/integrity, structure,<br />

content and representativeness, the latter being partially defined by rarity or commonness of a<br />

relic/site. All of these are difficult to define or apply; each case has to be argued thoughtfully.<br />

For example, with regard to representativeness – what does a site represent? Sites in a certain<br />

landform? With certain resources? With certain contents? How do we know what these might<br />

be? And how are these criteria justified and applied?<br />

Some examples of problems inherent in assessment attempts:<br />

Rock shelter sites are traditionally seen as having considerable potential to provide data about<br />

past occupation of an area because their deposits are often bounded and apparently relatively<br />

stable and may therefore preserve cultural and organic materials for long periods of time in<br />

chronologically stratified and dateable con<strong>text</strong>s. Open sites are, on the other hand, seen as<br />

providing complementary material allowing <strong>study</strong> of a fuller range of cultural elements but,<br />

unfortunately, in less secure con<strong>text</strong>s.<br />

However, the presumed stability of stratified shelter sites is becoming seen as less certain as<br />

techniques develop and awareness of e.g. potential effects of bio-turbation grows. And there are<br />

large question marks with regard to what aspects and proportion of past cultural life may be<br />

represented by shelter sites. Quite specialised and limited? Occasional? Rare? And were shelter<br />

sites and open sites complementary or, at least periodically, part of alternative life styles? We<br />

will always need to look at the known range of sites within a broader area and try to assess the<br />

finds in a proposed development area against this background.<br />

Aboriginal significance may involve archaeological as well as other cultural elements which<br />

form links with the past for Aboriginal groups. These elements may or may not accord with the<br />

interpretations made by archaeologists and must be assessed by the Aboriginal people<br />

themselves.<br />

Public significance concerns the potential for use of a site to educate people about the past in<br />

cultural and/or environmental terms. It may also relate to the heritage value of particular sites as<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC


ABORIGINAL AND EUROPEAN HERITAGE 106<br />

representative examples of past lifestyles and to their aesthetic value, e.g. with regard to art<br />

sites.<br />

10.3 Aboriginal Heritage<br />

10.3.1 Present Interest<br />

The FLALC is assembling material for a local history but is, understandably, focussing on<br />

material relating to Aborigines or Aboriginal concerns. Some of the information below has<br />

been forwarded to the land council by the late L.J. Constable, former custodian of the holdings<br />

of the Wallambi & Districts Historical Society. The land council is continuing its contact and<br />

co-operation with the historical society. There is undoubtedly more information to be gleaned<br />

from newspapers, journals and diaries.<br />

Members of the land council and of families who have been in the area for some generations,<br />

are also donating personal holdings such as early maps and photographs. Archaeological<br />

material from test excavations or salvaged from sites for which consent to destroy was granted,<br />

e.g. from the Buladelah – Coolongolook Deviation of the Pacific Highway, will be curated by<br />

the FLALC and will in time provide an extensive educational resource.<br />

Several members of the land council are skilled with regard to the recognition and reporting of<br />

Aboriginal relics and sites, are in contact with and reporting to the NPWS and are actively<br />

teaching coming generations through interaction with schools and other community based<br />

means.<br />

But the representatives spoken to are quite despairing about the rate of ongoing development,<br />

e.g. for housing, without prior heritage investigation being undertaken. Nor can they see any<br />

general awareness of or interest in the fact that Aboriginal heritage is disappearing at an equally<br />

fast rate, like butter in the sun.<br />

They believe that there is a fear about in the general population that finding and acknowledging<br />

the presence of Aboriginal relics on your land is going to lead to some ‘Aboriginal land grab’.<br />

In reality, what is wanted most of all by them is an opportunity to know about what is there and<br />

a chance to discuss the matter to see if something can be recorded or perhaps preserved and at<br />

least shown some respect.<br />

Might not a tree with a scar that contributed bark to a canoe or to somebody’s funeral wrapping<br />

be something to give pride of place on your property rather than something to torch or whack to<br />

pieces with a big machine?<br />

As landowner might it not give you a good feeling to know that the place you so lovingly<br />

selected for your home was enjoyed by generations before you who left signs of their presence<br />

on the land? Why not honour your predecessors?<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC


ABORIGINAL AND EUROPEAN HERITAGE 107<br />

10.3.2 History<br />

Reports of Aboriginal presence in the <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Lakes</strong> area go back at least to 1770 when Captain<br />

Cook sailed along the coast line. There may have been still earlier face to face meetings, but in<br />

1790 Aborigines from the Hawks Nest area ‘adopted’ and looked after five escaped convicts<br />

until they were recaptured.<br />

A comment relating to October 29, 1818, notes that John Oxley and his party camped for the<br />

night in a small bay, which from his description is interpreted as located immediately south of<br />

Bald Head between Sandbar and Cellito (on the eastern rim of the present <strong>study</strong> areas). Oxley<br />

wrote:<br />

“… The natives are extremely numerous along this part of the coast … large troops of<br />

them appear on the beaches, whilst their canoes on the <strong>lake</strong>s are equally numerous. In the<br />

morning their fires are to be observed in every direction …” (Oxley 1820 in Murray 1964: pp<br />

345-346.)<br />

Numerous unofficial contacts resulted from the incursions of cedar getters (from about 1816<br />

on). This, and the arrival of early settlers in the Manning Valley (from about 1831 on) severely<br />

disrupted Aboriginal life here and barred them from or destroyed their traditional food sources.<br />

Severe conflicts and direct hostilities followed and the Aborigines were pushed into rugged<br />

country on the north-west reaches of the Manning River. The cedar getters have a particularly<br />

poor reputation amongst the local Aborigines and there are rumours that there was a massacre<br />

at that time somewhere in the Tarbuck Bay area.<br />

By the turn of the century remaining Aborigines in this general coastal area had been<br />

encouraged to settle in official reserves at Forster (1895), Karuah (1898) and Purfleet (1900).<br />

10.4 Environmental Con<strong>text</strong><br />

10.4.1 General Observations<br />

The natural environment influences not only the availability of local resources such as food and<br />

raw materials for artefacts but also the likely presence or absence of various types of<br />

archaeological material/evidence and whether or not such evidence is likely to be preserved.<br />

Changes in environment through time are important factors in this equation. For example, the<br />

clearing of natural vegetation in an area can alter groundwater characteristics and lead to faster<br />

or slower decomposition of organic material in an archaeological site. It may also hasten or<br />

initiate erosion processes, thereby affecting the rate of degradation of surfaces, potentially<br />

exposing and moving Aboriginal archaeological material. Or it could intensify aggradation<br />

which may hide such material.<br />

Land use practices, historic and prehistoric (digging drains, terracing, ploughing, burning off,<br />

installation of services, exploration drilling etc.) may have similar effects. It is increasingly<br />

acknowledged that the landscape into which white settlers moved was to quite some extent the<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC


ABORIGINAL AND EUROPEAN HERITAGE 108<br />

product of past Aboriginal land use. With regard to Australia, the ‘wilderness’ concept has had<br />

to be modified quite markedly.<br />

Various aspects of the environment are analysed elsewhere in the document and from different<br />

perspectives. This brief summary concentrates on aspects, e.g. availability of resources, known<br />

or believed to have been particularly relevant to past Aboriginal land use and patterns of<br />

movement.<br />

10.4.2 Location<br />

The <strong>study</strong> covers the north and north-western parts of the Smiths Lake catchment and the<br />

southernmost catchment of Wallis Lake. The boundaries of Smiths Lake Study Area (SLA) and<br />

Smiths Lake Village Study Area (SLVA) reflect administrative divisions such as portion<br />

boundaries or natural boundaries such as the <strong>lake</strong> shore..<br />

The division into two areas reflects predicted development trends and probable administrative<br />

needs, with the SLVA expected to face the more immediate pressure. But this division could<br />

not readily be applied to the discussion of heritage management needs or the recommendations.<br />

These had to be framed in more general terms as problems and requirements are largely shared<br />

and identical.<br />

For an assessment of heritage resources, the total area involved is considered in terms of<br />

topography and distribution of natural resources, as outlined below.<br />

10.4.3 Geology and Topography<br />

Geology<br />

This summary draws heavily on comments by Kerr (in Haglund 1998) relating to the Buladelah<br />

– Coolongolook area a little further west and by Appleton (1993, 1994) relating to immediately<br />

adjoining areas to the north.<br />

The <strong>study</strong> area is situated in the south-eastern part of the New England Fold Belt. This consists<br />

of folded and faulted sedimentary and volcanic rocks of predominantly Carboniferous age and<br />

extends from the northern and eastern side of the Hunter Valley to the New England Tablelands<br />

and into Queensland.<br />

The geological structure of the subject area is characterised by a series of north-north-westerly<br />

trending folds which have been faulted by similarly trending faults. These structures control the<br />

development of long north-north-westerly trending ridges and valleys. Softer strata erode more<br />

readily than adjacent harder strata, channelling water to produce valleys. Ridges consist of hard<br />

resistant sedimentary rocks and volcanics. Strata generally dip to the south-west, with a dip<br />

angle of up to 70 degrees. As a result of this structure, formations and strata outcrop in long<br />

north-north-westerly trending strips. Beds of a particular rock type can be traced in north-northwesterly<br />

and south-south-easterly directions along the strike. However, as the beds are<br />

commonly steeply dipping, several different rock types may occur over a small area across the<br />

strike, that is, in easterly and westerly directions.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC


ABORIGINAL AND EUROPEAN HERITAGE 109<br />

The geological map (1:100,000) shows the underlying geology as comprising (from west to<br />

east): a broad band of Yagon Siltstone + Booti Booti Sandstone with some Nerong Volcanics<br />

to the SW; the Karuah Formation; then another band of Yagon Siltstone followed by<br />

Koolanock Sandstone. There are pockets of Holocene deposits along streams and of<br />

Pleistocene and Holocene deposits along the Lake and between this and the sea.<br />

Soil characteristics are relevant with regard to potential for exposure and/or preservation of<br />

Aboriginal sites. Soils formed on the rock types represented here – generally shallow loamy<br />

yellow earths on the ridge crests, and yellow podsolic soils on the slopes – tend to be poorly<br />

aggregated, mobile and easily eroded, particularly when wet. Soils on slopes are dominated by<br />

a downhill movement. Sandy soils, the result of gradual infill and downward movement,<br />

dominate the flatter coastal lowlands, and swampy areas may contain organic peat.<br />

NSW coastal morphology results from three major factors:<br />

• Outcrops of bedrock and of pre-Holocene deposits which create a pattern of rocky points<br />

alternating with sandy beaches;<br />

• An onshore movement of sand; and<br />

• Reworking of coastal deposits by wind, wave and the influence of the current sea-level.<br />

The sea-level stabilised about 6,000 years ago (see discussion in Appleton 1993), which<br />

provides a time frame for certain types of Aboriginal land use and presence. Sea levels appear<br />

to have fluctuated somewhat during this period, probably within a range of about a metre.<br />

Coastal changes during this period appear to have involved sediment gain and losses and there<br />

are indications of periodic increased storminess.<br />

The development of systems of barrier dunes are typical of the this part of the Central Coast.<br />

These are formed by accumulations of sediment which block off or impound drainage from the<br />

hinterland. They are typically linear sand bodies, parallel to the shore and backed by a body of<br />

water which may range from sand or mud flat to swamp to open water, e.g. an estuary or<br />

lagoon.<br />

Two systems have been identified along this coast, an ‘Inner Barrier’ assessed as of Late<br />

Pleistocene age, and an ‘Outer Barrier’ of Holocene. The latter would be less than c.15,000<br />

years. (The Pleistocene now is generally placed as covering the period from c. 2 million years<br />

BP to about 15,000 years BP.)<br />

The period between c. 6,000 and 3,000 years ago is seen as a major period for such dune<br />

formation. From then on valleys and estuaries behind the dunes were progressively infilled with<br />

sediments deriving from the hinterland.<br />

Topography<br />

Reference to a topographic map suggest that the <strong>study</strong> areas comprise, from the north down:<br />

• In the eastern part a roughly north to south, steep-sided ridge line separating the<br />

southernmost part of the Wallis Lake catchment from the sea;<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC


ABORIGINAL AND EUROPEAN HERITAGE 110<br />

• To the west Wallis Creek drains from this ridge into Wallis Lake;<br />

• Still further west, to either side of the <strong>Lakes</strong> Way, the Wallis Lake catchment is rather lowlying<br />

and swampy;<br />

• The eastern ridge line ends in sandy wetlands at Symes Bay, at the north-east corner of<br />

Smiths Lake, but a well vegetated dune forms a considerable rise at the northern end of the<br />

main sand bar which separates the <strong>lake</strong> from the sea and may be artificially opened to avoid<br />

flooding problems;<br />

• West of Symes Bay the Smiths Lake Village occupies another area of north to south<br />

trending and much dissected high ground;<br />

• In the western part ridge lines with varying types of slope and trending roughly north-west<br />

to south-east are dissected and separated by drainage lines joining to form Wamwarra<br />

Creek and Tarbuck Creek which drain into Wamwarra and Tarbuck Bays in Smiths Lake.<br />

Smiths Lake was formed as a barrier lagoon with a coastal sand dune barrier on the eastern<br />

shore (south-east of the <strong>study</strong> area).<br />

The <strong>lake</strong> has drowned the mouth of several small valleys and small floodplain deltas have<br />

formed between these, e.g. at the outlets for Wamwarra and Tarbuck Creeks; swamps and<br />

wetlands are common along the shore and on valley floors.<br />

Remnant, partly drowned ridge lines between them form headlands on the northern <strong>lake</strong> shore.<br />

The ridge lines provide a number of high crests: Stokes Hill just west of Wamwarra Bay<br />

reaches 125 m AHD; a ridge between Wamwarra and Tarbuck Creeks reaches 153 m AHD and<br />

the ridge between the latter and Duck Creek (a watershed between Smiths and Wallis Lake<br />

catchments) reaches c. 220m AHD. Further north-east the ridge behind Blueys Beach reaches<br />

216 m AHD.<br />

Dunes occur in the eastern part but are more extensive to the east and south of the <strong>study</strong> areas.<br />

Wind movements mainly affect the beach zone but note for example comments in 10.5.2 on<br />

Symes Bay.<br />

10.4.4 Climate<br />

This general area is characterised by a moderate semi-tropical climate with minimal seasonal<br />

variation, that is warm summers and mild winters.<br />

Temperatures average 29° C in summer and 19° C in winter (1993 EIS, Forster and Pacific<br />

Palms Sewerage Scheme).<br />

Webb (1998) quotes a Bureau of Meteorology record for Station 60013 (Forster Post Office)<br />

giving an average annual rainfall of 1215 mm and annual median rainfall of 1206 mm for the<br />

period 1896 – 1997.<br />

We may conclude, with past and present residents, that the area is comfortably habitable at all<br />

times.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC


ABORIGINAL AND EUROPEAN HERITAGE 111<br />

10.4.5 Vegetation, Fauna and Raw Materials<br />

Vegetation<br />

Varying terminology has been applied in previous studies.<br />

For example, a NPWS vegetation and land use map (reproduced in WP Geomarine 1996)<br />

shows the Smiths Lake Catchment as largely covered in Moist Open Forest (which continues<br />

northward to Wallis Lake) with areas of Coastal Sclerophyll Complex (notably on the ridges<br />

and steep slopes overlooking Smiths Lake) and relatively small patches of cleared land.<br />

On the other hand the 1993 EIS for a sewerage scheme describes Smiths Lake Village area as<br />

retaining much native forest, mainly Open Layered Sclerophyll Forest, ranging from Dry to<br />

Wet depending on the topography. The presence of remnant littoral rainforest between Blueys<br />

Beach and Sandbar is noted.<br />

Scattered through such reports we find also occasional comments relevant to a traditional<br />

Aboriginal economy, e.g. that salt marshes have been recorded in Wamwarra and Symes Bays,<br />

that sea grass beds are present in Smiths Lake and that these are important in breeding cycles of<br />

estuarine fish species and that the occasional presence of black apple and small fruited fig in<br />

the general area may indicate the former presence of littoral rain forest.<br />

Section five of this <strong>planning</strong> <strong>study</strong> presents updated and detailed statements on local flora. This<br />

could be useful to a future, detailed <strong>study</strong> of possible/probable Aboriginal land use patterns.<br />

Given the present poverty of actual heritage data, such studies would have to remain highly<br />

speculative.<br />

The use of several plants for equipment, dyeing and food is remembered by local Aborigines,<br />

e.g. Keith Leon, Don and Des Simon, and was quoted by Appleton (1993:12), but such<br />

statements refer to a tiny portion of potentially useful species.<br />

We may note that the presence of a potentially useful/edible species does not meant that it was<br />

necessarily used, or that use did not fluctuate over time. Use would have been to some extent<br />

determined by social factors (traditions, beliefs e.g. avoidance rules) and individual choice. But<br />

ethnographic studies indicate that knowledge of potential is likely to generally have outstripped<br />

actual use. It would therefore have contributed to the potentially available resource.<br />

Several points emerge strongly from previous environmental studies:<br />

• there would have been and still is a wide range of habitats in fairly close proximity, a<br />

situation known to have been advantageous in terms of a traditional economy;<br />

• movement through the area would have been easiest via waterways or walking along ridge<br />

crests with their drier and more open vegetation; and<br />

• much of the ground surface remains wooded and, in spite of past logging, relatively<br />

untouched by development.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC


ABORIGINAL AND EUROPEAN HERITAGE 112<br />

The last point is likely to be a major factor contributing to the local scarcity of recorded<br />

heritage material and will be discussed further in Section 10.6.<br />

Fauna<br />

Variation in species present reflects partly the existing flora, partly the effects of recent land<br />

use, e.g. the presence of roads with fast vehicles, fences and permanent residents.<br />

Certain environments, e.g. lush and well-watered creek flats and swamps, tend to contain a<br />

resident population of greater variety and greater numbers than e.g. dry ridges. Animal mobility<br />

tends to increase with scarcity of resources and need to move around to forage, as often, but not<br />

necessarily exemplified by human behaviour.<br />

Wildlife is still well represented and there is reason to believe that past Aboriginal residents<br />

would have had the choice of a wide range of resources including various marsupials, birds,<br />

reptiles, fish and shell fish. Note for example a comment ‘…the wetlands adjacent to the <strong>lake</strong>,<br />

… are thought to support an abundant and diverse fauna …’ (Webb 1998).<br />

Whilst some species may have been absent or poorly represented during certain seasons, the<br />

spectrum of species available at any one time is likely to have been quite rich, judging from<br />

comments from early observers such as Oxley (see below).<br />

Raw Materials<br />

Common rock types (see Section 10.4.3) are sedimentary: mudstone, siltstone, lithic and<br />

volcanoclastic sandstones and conglomerates; and extrusive igneous (volcanic): felsic<br />

porphyry, rhyolite , tuff, ignimbrite.<br />

Exposures, for example at headlands, could have provided raw material for stone tools as<br />

appears to have been the case somewhat further west, along the Buladelah to Coolongolook<br />

Deviation of the Pacific Highway (Haglund 1998).<br />

Sources of hard rock for making artefacts would preferentially have been outcrops on ridges,<br />

on hillsides and in the upper reaches of creek beds. Loose rocks occurring as scree and floaters<br />

on hillsides could also have been used.<br />

Raw materials were in some cases carried over considerable distances, but it is probable that at<br />

Aboriginal knapping sites, artefacts would generally be made from rock taken from the nearest<br />

source of suitable hard rock.<br />

By comparing the rock types of the artefacts to the rock types of the geological formations<br />

making up the bedrock at or near each site, it can be determined whether the source rock was<br />

likely to be close to the knapping site.<br />

Topography and a long history of aggradation and/or sand drift typical of much of the <strong>study</strong><br />

area combine to suggest that:<br />

• sources of suitable rock and ancient quarry or extraction sites are unlikely to be exposed<br />

except on and along ridges and headlands,<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC


ABORIGINAL AND EUROPEAN HERITAGE 113<br />

• such sources may have been more accessible in the distant past.<br />

10.4.6 Historic Land Use<br />

Apart from fishing and related activities, and small scale farming, the main historic land use<br />

involved logging. Comments below are based on personal observation and discussions with the<br />

FLALC.<br />

Logging was extensive and affected all of the two <strong>study</strong> areas (according to observations by<br />

FLALC staff). The stumps of large trees can be seen scattered through the areas. Some large<br />

trees remain, probably because they were the wrong species or in terrain to difficult to harvest;<br />

and that would have to be difficult indeed.<br />

Logging involved several species:<br />

• cedar (supply exhausted quite early, see Section 10.3.2);<br />

• turpentines were taken for use on wharves, piers and oyster leases as the wood is little<br />

affected by marine organisms;<br />

• blackbutt and tallowwood were sawn for building timbers;<br />

• flooded gum and coachwood were harvested mainly for cabinet making; and<br />

• cabbage tree palm was cut and turned into oyster sticks.<br />

10.5 Archaeological Con<strong>text</strong><br />

10.5.1 Site Types and Distribution<br />

The NSW NPWS keeps a register of Aboriginal sites as well as an extensive library of<br />

archaeological reports which are often the source of site data.<br />

But distribution patterns based of this register simply reflect observed examples of Aboriginal<br />

heritage. Within this broad category other patterns are observed, and interpretations attempted,<br />

e.g. site types are seen as reflecting patterns of land use.<br />

The patterns undoubtedly reflect an underlying reality, but they are skewed by various factors.<br />

For example, the register lists Aboriginal sites according to site types: rock shelters (with art<br />

and/or deposit and/or other material), open sites, middens, quarries, engraving sites, grinding<br />

grooves, wells, scarred/carved trees, ceremonial sites, burials etc. The classification used is not<br />

always logically consistent. It was initially applied to a small body of locations, often well<br />

known to researchers who would therefore be aware of an inherent range of variation. It now<br />

covers thousands of sites and inconsistencies are bedevilling attempts to use it for land use<br />

interpretation.<br />

For example:<br />

Many recorded sites are rock shelters with art and/or archaeological deposits. When such<br />

deposits (with stone artefacts and/or food debris) occur in the open they have long been<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC


ABORIGINAL AND EUROPEAN HERITAGE 114<br />

referred to as open camp sites, but now more commonly just open sites, as not all of them need<br />

result from camp site activities.<br />

If there is food debris and this includes shells, the site is classified as a midden. But middens<br />

may also be open sites – or occur inside shelters. In terms of logic, middens are just one form of<br />

archaeological deposit.<br />

There are also problems relating to scale:<br />

Until recently the NPWS register did not allocate numbers to isolated finds of stone artefacts;<br />

information about them was buried in original reports. We know that one visible artefact<br />

frequently indicates the presence of at least a few more. Distribution patterns based on the<br />

register are therefore heavily skewed away from the results of one activity/incident.<br />

On the other hand, the midden category covers anything from a thin scatter of a few shells, the<br />

result of an incidental meal, to accumulations stretching for hundred of metres and perhaps<br />

several metres in depth, and resulting from intensive and/or long term use.<br />

For studies of limited areas it is still possible and often necessary to turn to relevant original<br />

NPWS site forms for more detail about each site.<br />

10.5.2 Archaeology of the <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Lakes</strong> area<br />

Studies in the General Area<br />

The NPWS record of Aboriginal sites in and near the Smiths Lake area was searched in relation<br />

to a previous <strong>study</strong> which cut across the present <strong>study</strong> area (Haglund 1984) but the results were<br />

meagre.<br />

A similar search by Appleton for his 1993 <strong>study</strong> gave a similarly meagre picture for the Smiths<br />

Lake area, but a very different picture for adjoining areas (Appleton 1993:16-17 and ibid.,<br />

Fig.1). Most of the recorded sites shown on Appleton’s map are north of the present <strong>study</strong> areas<br />

and cluster notably. (Such clustering may reflect actual patterns but often indicates that the data<br />

result from systematic surveys of certain parcels of land within a larger area.)<br />

But there appears to be good reason to believe that sites occur or have been present in similar<br />

density relative to the terrain in adjoining areas, including the Smiths Lake area. Their absence<br />

from the register may be due to lack of systematic survey, lack of surface exposure and lack of<br />

observant witnesses, in combination.<br />

Of the 53 sites listed in 1993 as occurring within a broad south to north strip across Smiths<br />

Lake and Wallis Lake, all but 5 were listed as middens (ibid.). Of the remaining five locations,<br />

three are small artefact scatters. There is also a stone arrangement at Booti Booti, burials at<br />

Forster Aboriginal mission and a quarry and open site at Elizabeth Bay.<br />

Most known sites and isolated finds from the <strong>study</strong> areas and their neighbourhood relate to<br />

everyday activities such as getting, preparing and eating food, getting raw materials, making<br />

and using tools, making things to wear or carry, or finally discarding the remains or debris.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC


ABORIGINAL AND EUROPEAN HERITAGE 115<br />

In this coastal area finds generally relate to exploitation of lacustrine, estuarine or marine<br />

resources, and are seen mostly as middens. The latter can be divided into several sub-types<br />

according to size and/or content, and notably according to the dominant resource base, e.g.<br />

lagoon or estuarine shell species. Bigger middens tend to be associated with richer and more<br />

varied resources.<br />

Sullivan’s extensive coastline <strong>study</strong> (1982) found that 80-90% of known midden sites were<br />

within 200 metres of fresh or slightly brackish water, and that 30-40% are located near swamps.<br />

To what extent the proportions may have changed after sixteen years of systematic surveys<br />

which would have included less accessible areas, and the identification of greater numbers of<br />

middens, is uncertain.<br />

On the other hand Sullivan found that on occasion pipi shell had been carried as much as 3 km<br />

from the beach. Apparently some shellfish, e.g. Sydney rock oysters can be carried for some<br />

distance and keep fresh provided it is kept damp, whilst e.g. the Pacific oyster spoils more<br />

quickly.<br />

We may conclude that the general distribution pattern is probably applicable but with a caution<br />

that middens may occur outside the expected areas.<br />

Further inland isolated finds or scatters of stone artefacts tend to dominate in valleys and lowlying<br />

country. Few stone artefacts have been recorded in or near the Smiths Lake area. But, as<br />

noted above, an Aboriginal quarry and open site has been recorded at Elizabeth Bay and<br />

isolated artefacts at Pacific Palms (Haglund 1984 and below). Stone artefacts may indeed be<br />

comparatively rare, at least on the surface, but several factors may contribute to exaggerate this<br />

pattern.<br />

As noted above (Section 10.4.3), the <strong>study</strong> areas come within the New England Fold Belt. They<br />

lie at the very tip of a series of tilted strata which further west, towards Buladelah and<br />

Coolongolook, provided materials for Aboriginal artefacts as well as access routes across the<br />

landscape, from mountains to coast and <strong>lake</strong>s. During surveys for the road deviation, we found<br />

that artefacts were difficult to see and identify because of the colour and <strong>text</strong>ure of the materials<br />

used and a lack of contrast when seen in or on the surface. Where sites were investigated,<br />

numbers of undoubted artefacts were larger than expected, though never large. Assemblages<br />

included standard types as well as pieces heavily modified by use (Haglund 1998).<br />

The problem of recognition is therefore likely to be a major factor also in the <strong>study</strong> areas and<br />

here increased by frequently unstable deposits of sand and silt which may have blown or<br />

washed over any artefacts present.<br />

In addition, experience indicates that more people would recognise clusters of bleached shell as<br />

possibly deriving from or indicating Aboriginal middens than would recognise Aboriginal<br />

stone artefacts. Well known types such as ground-edge axe heads or large grind stones, both<br />

relatively uncommon, may form exceptions. Also grooves resulting from the shaping and<br />

sharpening of stone tools such as axes or chisels, and indicating their local use, or from food<br />

preparation are commonly recognised if well preserved.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC


ABORIGINAL AND EUROPEAN HERITAGE 116<br />

As indicated, some heritage material may remain hidden, and the range may be wider than<br />

discussed. For example, dredging of Wallis Lake near Tiona brought to the surface a bark<br />

canoe with spears and boomerangs. (Present whereabouts have not yet been traced by Mr<br />

Leon.) It is not impossible that other items made of organic materials have been preserved in<br />

deposits that have remained constantly waterlogged and undisturbed, e.g. in swampy areas.<br />

Standing trees can still be found, though these are increasingly rare, that carry scars resulting<br />

from Aboriginal activities, having provided material for bark canoes, shields or containers (see<br />

below).<br />

Fish traps were used in many areas. Where suitable rock was available this might have been<br />

used and the traps may remain recognisable. In some areas organic materials were used, but<br />

few examples are likely to have survived unless they were portable and ended up in museums.<br />

But in addition to the evidence of past presence provided by e.g. middens, quarry sites and<br />

stone artefacts, some site types provide hints of a range of aspects of traditional Aboriginal<br />

society. Certain natural features and ceremonial sites, and probably most art sites, relate to<br />

beliefs and ritual. Burials, including those in recent cemeteries, may be a major concern (Byrne<br />

1998).<br />

Examples of this kind have been recorded or are remembered as occurring in the <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Lakes</strong><br />

area:<br />

• At Hallidays Point - a goanna carved tree associated with a ceremonial ground;<br />

• At Saltwater (Wallabi Point) - sacred fig tree;<br />

• At Booti Booti – a stone arrangement;<br />

• At Bungwahl there was a bora ring, now apparently lost, and a camp site;<br />

• There is an historic Aboriginal cemetery in Forster .<br />

The Smiths Lake area<br />

As note above, little archaeological survey work has to date been done within the actual <strong>study</strong><br />

areas:, and the work done has been largely limited to surveys of narrow corridors, e.g. for pipe<br />

lines.<br />

My own work followed proposed water supply lines (Haglund 1984). Appleton’s studies in<br />

1993 and 1994 (for a water and sewerage scheme) paid attention to the Smiths Lake area but<br />

focussed on the Pacific Palms and Wallis Lake area. He identified shell midden areas on the<br />

shoreline of Wallis Lake (Appleton 1993).<br />

A recent print-out of the NPWS Site Register listed only one site for the <strong>study</strong> areas, a midden<br />

recorded during my 1984 survey. (Two stone artefacts were during that survey found in the<br />

north-west corner of the present <strong>study</strong> areas, south-east of Wallis Lake, but isolated finds were<br />

at that stage not allocated site numbers.)<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC


ABORIGINAL AND EUROPEAN HERITAGE 117<br />

The two <strong>study</strong> areas, and in particular the SLVA were recently visited with FLALC<br />

representatives, to check the state of the previously recorded midden and some finds reported<br />

by the FLALC (see also Appendix F).<br />

Site 38-2-0014, on the western shore of SLVA, is still there (Figure 10-1 and Figure 10-2). The<br />

shell deposit is eroding onto the beach, but the erosion possibly slowed by the provision of<br />

wooden steps from the parkland and parking areas down to the beach. There was less evidence<br />

now than in 1984 of erosion induced by people scrambling across the slope.<br />

But below the erosion front, on a strip of sand and occasional flat exposures of soft and<br />

cracking rock between this and the water, and for some distance into the water, there are stone<br />

artefacts which almost certainly derive from midden deposit that has slumped onto the beach.<br />

They vary in size, type and condition. Some are badly leached and battered and have been<br />

exposed to the weather for a long time. Others look fresh (Figure 10-3) and have, judging from<br />

their fairly sharp edges, not seen much exposure to wind, waves or foot traffic. Artefacts were<br />

seen intermittently for several hundred metres but no attempt made to search systematically or<br />

more widely. S. Brereton noted that he had previously seen stone artefacts over an even wider<br />

area. What is visible at any one time will depend on weather, wind and recent human<br />

movement across the beach.<br />

Moving across to the eastern side of SLVA, and opposite Sandbar, stone artefacts (of a variety<br />

of raw materials) were again seen along the <strong>lake</strong> shore, though largely at the water’s edge and<br />

in the water (Figure 10-4 and Figure 10-5). S. Brereton has on other occasions seen artefacts<br />

along a much longer stretch. Site information is being forwarded to the NPWS by the FLALC.<br />

No NPWS number has been allocated as yet.<br />

The shore line is here high and steep, almost vertical in places, ending in sand or level<br />

exposures of soft rock or mineralised/compacted sand, often ‘coffee rock’. No midden remains<br />

were seen. The place is exposed to icy southerlies and especially during winter storms, waves<br />

may drive right up to the foot of the slope and wash away anything left on the beach.<br />

The two locations are of markedly different character and would have been attractive at<br />

different times of the year. The eastern site is likely to have been used mainly during the<br />

summer, the western perhaps all the year round, but particularly in the winter as it gets very hot<br />

in the summer.<br />

Reports from old residents mention that canoe-trees were seen in fairly low-lying, swampy and<br />

undeveloped areas north-west of Symes Bay; the location would make good sense (refer to<br />

Oxley’s comment on this very area, 10.3.2) and it is possible that some could still be found.<br />

One scarred tree (also being reported to the NPWS) in the north-west part of the SLVA was<br />

identified by S. Brereton. The tree is dead but in reasonably good condition (Figure 10-6). The<br />

oval scar, now about 175 cm by 47 cm would have been somewhat larger; scar tissue forms a<br />

welt about 17 cm broad and 7 cm deep. The scar appears rather large for a container but too<br />

small for a canoe; it is suggested that it would have been the right size for a burial. The tree is<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC


ABORIGINAL AND EUROPEAN HERITAGE 118<br />

within easy reach from existing roads and appears potentially endangered by future<br />

development.<br />

No sites have been recorded in the SLA, which is more extensive but at present less developed.<br />

Two stone artefacts were observed in 1984 and during the recent inspection a third was<br />

recorded a little further east, just north of SLA but south of Boomerang Drive (Figure 10-7).<br />

10.6 Discussion<br />

10.6.1 Planning Problems and Constraints<br />

In heavily developed areas or areas exposed to erosion by wind or water, such as the open<br />

coast, much of what once existed in the way of heritage material has now been lost.<br />

But material that has over time been covered by sediments and/or vegetation remains hidden<br />

and unknown unless exposed through deliberate search or accidentally, often by machinery<br />

during some development or through erosion, perhaps initiated as a result of some<br />

development.<br />

Heritage material has at times been saved as a result of accidental discovery, but this is a<br />

chancy business which depends on the presence of an observant and knowledgeable person in<br />

the right place at the right moment.<br />

For parts of the Smiths Lake area the poverty of data in combination with a low level of<br />

clearing and surface disturbance for development could be seen as a good omen for future<br />

heritage management. For these parts the lack of data is likely to mean that heritage material<br />

may yet be present quite widely, and some of it may be possible to protect and retain.<br />

However, the potentially richest area, the slightly raised strip of fairly level land along the <strong>lake</strong><br />

shore, has already been heavily developed and modified and much of its heritage content<br />

probably lost or damaged. What is left is likely to be threatened.<br />

In the SLA notices of land for sale dot the road sides and beckon visitors to turn off on to<br />

smaller roads to chase the promise of wonderful blocks in areas of wilderness and magnificent<br />

views. Development may grow at exponential rates and it is questionable whether will any<br />

heritage values survive.<br />

Success in this will depend on appropriate <strong>planning</strong>, active measures and the involvement of<br />

persons who care and are willing to take a personal interest.<br />

Several constraints affect the <strong>planning</strong> aspect:<br />

• <strong>Council</strong>s can rarely afford to commission detailed surveys over large areas;<br />

• In well vegetated and relatively undeveloped areas heritage material may not be, or will<br />

only rarely be visible on the surface;<br />

• There may be political concerns with regard to potential reactions by land owners and<br />

developers if regulations are introduced;<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC


ABORIGINAL AND EUROPEAN HERITAGE 119<br />

• Staff involved in issuing development consents may be neither aware of nor interested in<br />

landscape interpretation and associated heritage potential.<br />

It would be possible and important to institute a practice by which each area to be affected by a<br />

development application is considered with regard to theoretical and practical potential to retain<br />

Aboriginal heritage and decisions are made about need to investigate or monitor the situation.<br />

But as the selling off and development of individual blocks or small groups of blocks does not<br />

require consultation with or regulation by the local authority, the beneficial effects of this<br />

practice would be limited. Much development, possibly a majority of developments, would<br />

proceed without any attention to heritage values.<br />

Nor can the NPWS take action unless it is informed that heritage material is being or has been<br />

damaged or destroyed.<br />

10.6.2 Implications for the Study Areas<br />

Some of the potential problems of unchecked development affect not only heritage values and<br />

preventive measures may be officially imposed to counter such effects.<br />

For example, regulations and/or active measures may limit catchment clearing and reduce<br />

sediment runoff, gullying erosion or flooding. Slope instability is likely to be a major problem<br />

in the SLA. Some soil types are more prone to erosion than others (e.g. fine-grained soils with<br />

high silt and mud content but little clay), which means that embedded archaeological material is<br />

also at increased risk.<br />

The effects of present uses of parts of the <strong>study</strong> areas may also be detrimental to a range of<br />

environmental aspects and values, e.g. the increasing popularity of power-boating and other<br />

contraptions that move fast and increase wash, and thereby bank erosion, or the use of 4WD<br />

vehicles on beaches.<br />

If / when regulations and controls to limit such effects are imposed, the needs and fragility of<br />

heritage material should be remembered and taken into account in the <strong>planning</strong>. If not, we may<br />

find that the remedial measures may be as destructive to this aspect of the environment.<br />

Contour ploughing and clearing fire breaks are good examples. Such measures may need to be<br />

preceded or accompanied by consultation, surveys and/or monitoring for heritage material.<br />

As controls imposed by authorities are generally unpopular unless underlying reasons have<br />

been adequately explained and emotionally and intellectually accepted, there is likely to be a<br />

need for a carefully considered program of public education and consultation.<br />

10.6.3 Heritage Potential: Theoretical Possibilities and Constraints<br />

Predictive modelling on the basis of existing data from the general area and a few locations<br />

within the <strong>study</strong> areas, remains highly tentative but two main distribution models appear to<br />

apply.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC


ABORIGINAL AND EUROPEAN HERITAGE 120<br />

For the ridge country (SLA and parts of SLVA) we can use the model defined for the<br />

Buladelah – Coolongolook Deviation by Rich (1990) and tested during the salvage work<br />

(Haglund 1998): ridge lines were used as pathways through the landscape, e.g. moving between<br />

the <strong>lake</strong>s or to the coast. Evidence of past activities (camps, quarries, special activities such as<br />

processing bark, wood, certain plant foods etc.) can be expected on surfaces such as saddles,<br />

level tops or shelves on spurs or beside drainage lines with waterfalls. water-holes, rock shelves<br />

etc.<br />

The evidence will be difficult to find for a number of reasons such as dense surface vegetation<br />

and leaf litter, a generally low density and/or small number of stone artefacts and the raw<br />

materials used, generally local and likely to blend well with their background (Haglund 1998).<br />

Traces of activity will occur also on the slopes, e.g. at the sources of wood, bark, food plants<br />

etc. but will be more difficult to find because of the instability of slope sediments and a<br />

probably even denser vegetation, and the probably small number of items associated with<br />

single events.<br />

For the <strong>lake</strong> shore and coastal flats behind we can look at the map reproduced by Appleton<br />

(1993, Fig.1) and its clusters of midden sites. We know that this pattern applies in the SLVA<br />

(see below) and can probably be applied to parts of the SLA. The middens are likely to contain<br />

or have contained stone artefacts. Burials could occur almost anywhere within the sandy parts<br />

and need not be associated with middens.<br />

This pattern probably applies also in the Sandbar – estuarine area along the eastern margin of<br />

the <strong>study</strong>, although evidence may here be masked by wind deposited sand. Much of the sand is<br />

now stabilised and even massive deposits held in place by a thick cover of plants. But we have<br />

to remember that sea levels have fluctuated and there have been periods of greater storminess in<br />

the past, well within the period of Aboriginal presence in the area.<br />

But note that the two models discussed above refer mainly to site types that reflect everyday<br />

life styles and traditional economy, aspects that we can approach from our own understanding<br />

of the environment, past and present.<br />

Some finds may depend on unusual occurrencies or combinations of resources that we cannot<br />

know about. Other finds, and they may be the most intriguing to us and most important to<br />

Aboriginal descendants, cannot be predicted because we do not know what was in the mind or<br />

minds of those who created them, their beliefs and needs and social rules.<br />

10.6.4 Heritage Potential: Practical Possibilities<br />

The brief stated that one task would be to assess the data to assess extent of coverage and<br />

identify the gaps in knowledge. The limited amount of systematic heritage investigation carried<br />

out so far means that for the most part the <strong>study</strong> areas remain totally unknown with regard to<br />

data on Aboriginal heritage.<br />

Ironically ‘gaps’ in such a void will have to refer to a tentative but inadequate set of data for<br />

tiny areas, useful mainly in terms of indicating further potential. The discussions above should<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC


ABORIGINAL AND EUROPEAN HERITAGE 121<br />

show that general heritage potential may be considerable and the needs for investigation<br />

equally large.<br />

How can such a problem best be tackled, given the limits imposed by finance, time, legal<br />

constraints , potential public reaction and political consequences?<br />

It is obviously unrealistic to expect a detailed survey of every square metre of the two areas.<br />

Nor would, because of vegetation cover, sand dunes etc., such survey be likely to provide all<br />

information wanted and needed.<br />

As suggested above, any practical program would be heavily dependent on the interest and<br />

goodwill and co-operation of a number of participants to be implemented successfully, and<br />

these participants would have to include representatives of the main stake holders, once these<br />

have been identified. Such identification could be done only in awareness of local dynamics.<br />

The list may well become surprising to outsiders.<br />

Some suggestions can be made. Regulating authorities such as the <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Lakes</strong> Shire <strong>Council</strong><br />

(GLSC) the NPWS and the Environment Protection Authority (EPA) would have an obvious,<br />

probably permanent role. Others might become involved in relation to particular concerns, e.g.<br />

coastline management, public works, roads, soil conservation.<br />

The Forster Local Aboriginal Land <strong>Council</strong> is and should be acknowledged as a prime stake<br />

holder. In time and in relation to particular locations or areas, some sub-group, e.g. a particular<br />

Aboriginal descent group may emerge as having particular interests and responsibilities.<br />

Present land owners and developers also have a role. They may have paid for the land or<br />

inherited it; there will generally be no doubt in their minds that they own the land as well as the<br />

right to use it or sell it. They may or may not be aware of their legal obligations and constraints<br />

with regard to Aboriginal heritage but may choose to ignore this. They are likely to believe that<br />

heritage material means problems.<br />

There are also a number of community organisations that may have an interest in or, as part of<br />

their activities, a likely involvement in activities that may affect Aboriginal relics, e.g.<br />

volunteer fire-fighters, environmental care groups such as those who regenerate bushland<br />

vegetation and educational organisations.<br />

Recommendations that certain stake holders should be consulted may be accepted in principle<br />

but lead nowhere unless relevant procedures are initiated and responsibilities for action<br />

allocated.<br />

Management regulations may be framed but have little effect unless their purpose is both<br />

understood and accepted by those whom they affect, and, but conditional on the former, their<br />

observance is enforced when necessary.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC


ABORIGINAL AND EUROPEAN HERITAGE 122<br />

10.7 Recommendations<br />

10.7.1 General Recommendations<br />

The following recommendations are made on the basis of discussions above. They are seen as a<br />

beginning and as laying foundations for heritage management within the <strong>study</strong> areas, but will<br />

undoubtedly need to be developed further. Initial recommendations are:<br />

1. (a) That the <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Lakes</strong> Shire <strong>Council</strong> (GLSC) appoint one or more Aboriginal liaison<br />

officers to liase with the FLALC and any other relevant body of Aboriginal representatives,<br />

or<br />

(b) Delegate to one or more council employees a responsibility to consult with the FLALC<br />

and other relevant Aboriginal representatives and effectively transmit suggestions,<br />

proposals, and information about their concerns. Such information should include<br />

notification of development applications.<br />

2. That the GLSC in consultation with the FLALC initiate a heritage committee to help shape<br />

suitable educational and community liaison programs and develop guide lines for heritage<br />

identification and management ;<br />

3. That such committee comprise representatives of the GLSC, the FLALC and other relevant<br />

stake holders, as identified through community consultation;<br />

4. That such liaison officer/employee in consultation with FLALC and other committee<br />

members develop programs of education, community consultation and investigation;<br />

5. That the GLSC investigate means of developing and pursuing a program of heritage<br />

identification and protection;<br />

6. That the GLSC set an example by routinely considering the need for and allocating funds<br />

for heritage investigations and/or management with regard to its own activities; and<br />

7. That the GLSC routinely include attention to potential heritage needs in conditions imposed<br />

in relation to granting development consents.<br />

10.7.2 Specific Recommendations<br />

Several recommendations are appropriate for the <strong>lake</strong> shore parts of the SLA but have<br />

particular application to the SLVA:<br />

8. That the 30 m no development zone along the shore be strictly enforced;<br />

9. That any management/protective works to be undertaken within this zone, e.g. as part of the<br />

Coast Care programme, involve prior consultation with the FLALC;<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC


ABORIGINAL AND EUROPEAN HERITAGE 123<br />

10. That any landscaping or excavation, e.g. for drainage or amenities, within public land<br />

behind the actual beach include consultation with and monitoring by the FLALC; and<br />

11. Such consultation/monitoring be encouraged or, if possible, required with regard to<br />

developments on private land.<br />

10.8 European Heritage<br />

Items or places of heritage value have been investigated by referring to heritage registers and<br />

schedules maintained by a variety of public and private organisations. No items or places of<br />

local, regional, state significance were found. Results are shown in Table 10-1.<br />

Table 10-1 European Heritage<br />

Organisation Source / Method Result<br />

Australian Heritage<br />

Commission.<br />

<strong>Great</strong> <strong>Lakes</strong> <strong>Council</strong>.<br />

National Trust of Australia<br />

(NSW).<br />

NSW Department of Urban<br />

Affairs and Planning.<br />

NSW Heritage Office.<br />

Register of the National Estate.<br />

Search using WWW site.<br />

Search of <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Lakes</strong> Local Environmental<br />

Plan 1996<br />

Register.<br />

Search of <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Lakes</strong> LGA.<br />

Hunter REP 1989.<br />

Telephone inquiry.<br />

State Heritage Inventory & s170 Register.<br />

Search using WWW site.<br />

No listings in <strong>study</strong> area.<br />

Listings in adjacent areas.<br />

No listings in <strong>study</strong> area.<br />

Listings in adjacent areas.<br />

No listings in <strong>study</strong> area.<br />

Listings in adjacent areas.<br />

No listings in <strong>study</strong> area.<br />

Listings in adjacent areas.<br />

No listings in <strong>study</strong> area.<br />

Listings in adjacent areas.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC


ABORIGINAL AND EUROPEAN HERITAGE 124<br />

Figure 10-2 Lake Shore in the Area of Site 38-2-14, Recorded in 1984.<br />

Figure 10-3 Large F<strong>lake</strong> with Chopping Edges on Two Margins Found Below Eroding<br />

Midden<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC


ABORIGINAL AND EUROPEAN HERITAGE 125<br />

(Stone artefacts can be seen in the water along the shore. Camera facing south.)<br />

Figure 10-4 Stone Artefacts on Eastern Shore of Smiths Lake Village Area<br />

Figure 10-5 Broken F<strong>lake</strong> In The Water Below The Shore Line.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC


ABORIGINAL AND EUROPEAN HERITAGE 126<br />

(Camera facing north)<br />

Figure 10-6 Scarred Tree in the NW Part of the Smiths Lake Village Area.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC


ABORIGINAL AND EUROPEAN HERITAGE 127<br />

(just south of Boomerang Drive leading up to major ridge line - Camera facing east)<br />

Figure 10-7 Location of Isolated Find on Dirt Track<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC


INFRASTRUCTURE 128<br />

11 INFRASTRUCTURE<br />

11.1 Sewer<br />

<strong>Council</strong> has recently constructed a reticulated sewerage scheme for the Pacific Palms and<br />

Smiths Lake areas. During <strong>planning</strong> of the scheme, three major documents were released:<br />

• Pacific Palms Sewerage Strategy Study (Public Works Department, 1991);<br />

• Forster and Pacific Palms Sewerage Scheme Environmental Impact Statement (Manidis<br />

Roberts, 1993); and<br />

• Pacific Palms Sewerage Scheme Concept Design Report (Public Works Department,<br />

1993).<br />

After extensive investigations and discussions with local communities, <strong>Council</strong> has constructed<br />

a new waste water treatment plant (WWTP) between Smiths Lake and Charlotte Bay. The plant<br />

treats sewage to a secondary level from the communities of Elizabeth Beach, Boomerang<br />

Beach, Blueys Beach, Charlotte Bay, Tarbuck Bay, Sandbar and Smiths Lake. Following<br />

secondary treatment, effluent is transferred to the Forster WWTP for tertiary treatment,<br />

discharge and/or reuse.<br />

The strategy caters for holiday season loadings, and will provide for an equivalent population<br />

in 2016 of about 15,000 , or 3,500 equivalent tenements. Stage 1 will meet the loading of<br />

10,000 equivalent persons in the year 2006; Stage 2 will meet the loading of 15,000 equivalent<br />

persons in the year 2016.<br />

The current service area is shown in Figure 11-1.<br />

Areas outside of the current service area may be able to be connected economically to existing<br />

sewer mains, provided that there is sufficient capacity in sewer mains and in the throughput of<br />

the Forster waste water treatment plant.<br />

The Smiths Lake waste water treatment plant is expected to be brought on line by 2004. The<br />

current system of reticulating sewerage to Forster waste water treatment plant will then be<br />

changed to provide secondary treatment at Smiths Lake prior to pumping treated effluent to<br />

Forster.<br />

<strong>Great</strong> <strong>Lakes</strong> <strong>Council</strong> advises that there are no practical capacity limitations to extending sewer<br />

to the nine development precincts identified in the land capability assessment. Line capacity<br />

may need to be re-examined in some cases, but this is unlikely to be a deterrent to future<br />

development.<br />

A 400 m radius buffer from the Smiths Lake waste water treatment plant, as shown in Figure<br />

11-1, would reduce the development potential of the southern portion of the Northeast Smiths<br />

Lake Precinct.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


INFRASTRUCTURE 129<br />

11.2 Other Services<br />

NorthPower provides electricity to the <strong>study</strong> area. It advises that sufficient capacity is available<br />

to service future development.<br />

MidCoast Water provides reticulated water services to Pacific Palms, Smiths Lake and Tarbuck<br />

Bay. Water is pumped from Forster to storage reservoirs at Elizabeth Beach and Smiths Lake.<br />

From these reservoirs, water is reticulated by gravity throughout the service area.<br />

MidCoast Water advises that the nine development precincts are able to be serviced by<br />

reticulated water. Reticulated water can be provided to all areas up to 40 m AHD and maintain<br />

adequate head pressure from main storage reservoirs. The maximum service elevation is 76 m<br />

AHD. Developments between 40 m and 76 m AHD would need to provide booster systems to<br />

maintain adequate line pressure.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


BUSHFIRE MANAGEMENT INVESTIGATION 130<br />

12 BUSHFIRE MANAGEMENT INVESTIGATION<br />

12.1 Fire History<br />

Bush fires occur within the region on a regular basis, although a record of the fire history<br />

within the <strong>study</strong> area as a whole has not been kept so far (Ian Lewis pers.comm.). NSW State<br />

Forests (Buladelah office) have, however, kept a record for fires originating from, or impacting<br />

on, the State Forest areas to the north-west. While some of these have been wild fires, most<br />

were initiated for fuel reduction purposes (prescribed burns). The year of last fire along the<br />

north-western boundary are listed in Table 12-1 (from State Forests of NSW fire management<br />

maps).<br />

Table 12-1 Fire History Along the North-western Boundary<br />

Location<br />

Years of Last Fire<br />

Western boundary (north to Sugar Creek Road) 1994-95<br />

North-western boundary (along Southern Boundary Road) 1991-92<br />

Central northern boundary (east of Southern Boundary Road to the eastern edge<br />

of the State Forest)<br />

before 1980-81<br />

(probably early 1950’s)<br />

12.2 Factors Influencing Fire Hazard<br />

There are four factors which are the main contributors to fire hazard within the <strong>study</strong> area,<br />

including the nature of the vegetation, weather, slope, and the degree of development and<br />

human occupation.<br />

12.2.1 Vegetation<br />

The majority of the <strong>study</strong> area is covered with forest, apart from some cleared areas which<br />

occur mostly along the <strong>Lakes</strong> Way. Like most other Australian forests, the majority of this<br />

forest is adapted to, or is a result of, a regular incidence of fire. Vegetation types particularly<br />

susceptible to fire include the dry sclerophyll and heathland types, which cover the southern<br />

parts of the <strong>study</strong> area (including the SLVA) and the areas adjacent to the <strong>Lakes</strong> Way (Figure<br />

12-1). These types tend to carry a dense ground cover of grasses and other low herbs and<br />

shrubs which easily dry out and provide fuel for fires. They include the paperbark swamp<br />

forests which, although very wet during most of the year, can dry out during dry spells. Such<br />

forests often have a considerable biomass in the ground layer, providing fuel during bushfires.<br />

The high frequency of fires commonly experienced in dry sclerophyll communities (whether<br />

prescribed or wildfires) regularly reduces the fuel load, resulting in relatively low intensity<br />

fires. Exclusion of fire for extended periods of time can, however, result in high fuel loads with<br />

the potential to develop intense fires. All dry sclerophyll communities therefore represent a fire<br />

hazard.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


BUSHFIRE MANAGEMENT INVESTIGATION 131<br />

The incidence of fire in the wet sclerophyll types in the north-west would be lower than in the<br />

dry sclerophyll. As noted in Table, the last fire in the State Forest area adjacent to the central<br />

northern boundary of the <strong>study</strong> area was probably 50 years ago, suggesting that the wet<br />

sclerophyll forest which adjoins this area (within the <strong>study</strong> area) may have been fire free for a<br />

similar period. It should be noted, however, that wet sclerophyll forests do burn periodically. If<br />

the understorey is sufficiently dry, the fuel load can be considerable, which would result in high<br />

intensity fires. all wet sclerophyll forests therefore represent a fire hazard, particularly during<br />

extended dry periods.<br />

Small patches of rainforest occurring in the eastern part of the <strong>study</strong> area would generally have<br />

developed in an absence of fire. Such forests are unlikely to develop fire or carry fire, due to<br />

perennially moist conditions and an open understorey with relatively little fuel. These forests<br />

do not represent a major fire hazard.<br />

12.2.2 Weather<br />

In general, fire conditions develop in August during dry westerly winds. These conditions tend<br />

to last to November when the rainfall increases. Another fire season may occur during late<br />

January or February when the rainfall has tapered off. In this later season, re-ignitions from<br />

open-ended burning or lightning strikes can produce large, high intensity fires.<br />

12.2.3 Slope and Aspect<br />

The potential for fire is also influenced by slope and aspect (Figure 12-2). Where a fire hazard<br />

exists (ie where there is sufficient dry fuel), slopes facilitate fire moving upslope, but hinder<br />

fires moving downslope, particularly when slopes are steep. In response to the position of the<br />

sun and the dry westerly winds (see above), fire hazard is also increased on northern and<br />

western slopes and reduced on southern and eastern slopes.<br />

Several ridge systems occur within the <strong>study</strong> area. These are moderately steep and tend to run<br />

from the north-west to the south-east. While slopes as such are therefore important in the likely<br />

fire behaviour within the <strong>study</strong> area, aspect on these ridges is generally of little consequence, as<br />

most locations would be exposed to either the north or west. This is reflected in the vegetation<br />

on the slopes which is similar on either side of the ridge (Figure 12-1). There are, however, a<br />

number of areas on steep slopes with a north-western aspect which represent areas of particular<br />

risk. These are mainly concentrated in the SLVA.<br />

12.2.4 Development<br />

Increased development and human occupation has the potential to affect fire hazard in a<br />

number of contrasting ways. While vegetation clearing and construction of roads and other<br />

hard surfaces can reduce the spread of fire, the incidence of fires tends to increase due to<br />

deliberate or accidental ignition by a larger human population. Increased human population is<br />

usually also accompanied by modifications to the vegetation of the area, whether from<br />

increased fire or otherwise, resulting in types of vegetation which are often more readily burned<br />

than the original.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


BUSHFIRE MANAGEMENT INVESTIGATION 132<br />

Substantial modification would have occurred to the vegetation surrounding the developed<br />

areas in the southern part of the <strong>study</strong> area and along the <strong>Lakes</strong> Way. As these areas coincide<br />

with the “dry sclerophyll forest” types (in contrast to the “wet sclerophyll” remainder of the<br />

<strong>study</strong> area), it is suggested that the “dry sclerophyll” nature of these forest is the direct result of<br />

human interference within the ecology of this vegetation. However, further research through<br />

checking of historic records and survey maps would be required to confirm this observation.<br />

Vegetation clearance may reduce the fire hazard only if the amount of fuel within the cleared<br />

area is kept low, such as in the grazed land along Sugar Creek Road. In the absence of grazing,<br />

mowing, or slash and removal, an increase in the biomass of the ground layer vegetation<br />

(which naturally tends to follow the clearing of tree canopies) would substantially increase the<br />

risk and spread of fire.<br />

12.2.5 Fire Hazard Map<br />

Fire hazard levels were determined as per Table 12-2. The distribution of these levels within<br />

the <strong>study</strong> area is shown in Figure 12-3. It should be noted that these levels are indicative only<br />

and are subject to all of the caveats outlined above. In particular, hazard is highly dependent on<br />

weather conditions, with hazard considerably enhanced during dry spells, and reduced during<br />

prolonged wet periods. Hazard may also be reduced considerably through appropriate fire<br />

management.<br />

Table 12-2 Determination of Fire Hazard Levels<br />

Level<br />

Very high<br />

High<br />

Medium<br />

Low<br />

Determinants<br />

Dry sclerophyll communities on steep slopes<br />

Dry sclerophyll communities<br />

Wet sclerophyll communities<br />

Rainforests<br />

12.3 Damage Potential<br />

While fire has the potential to cause damage to developments and human life, it may also be<br />

deleterious to particular ecosystems and species, as discussed below.<br />

12.3.1 Life and Property<br />

The potential for fire damage to life and property is presently concentrated in the SLVA and<br />

along the <strong>Lakes</strong> Way. The SLVA is particularly at risk from fire as it is located on steep land<br />

with a number of north-western facing slopes covered with easily combustible dry sclerophyll<br />

vegetation. The relatively large human population not only indicates that the risk to life could<br />

be high, but that the potential for ignition is also high.<br />

Several individual dwellings are also scattered in small forest clearings and along the forest<br />

edge elsewhere within the <strong>study</strong> area. These properties are also at risk during bushfire.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


BUSHFIRE MANAGEMENT INVESTIGATION 133<br />

Smoke arising from bushfires would also have the potential to endanger traffic along the roads<br />

traversing the <strong>study</strong> area, particularly on the well used <strong>Lakes</strong> Way.<br />

12.3.2 Ecosystems and Species<br />

As noted above, vegetation types within the <strong>study</strong> area have adapted to different fire regimes.<br />

In general, “dry sclerophyll forest” types would have a greater fire frequency than “wet<br />

sclerophyll forest” types. Although both types would be damaged in the short term by fire, both<br />

would require fire periodically to maintain their characteristic species composition and<br />

structure in the long term. Other types, including the “rainforest” types would be damaged in<br />

the long term by any substantial fire.<br />

In general, the ability of individual species to respond to fire is reflective of the response of the<br />

general ecosystem in which they are found, and do not warrant particular attention. The<br />

exceptions are highly valued species such as rare and threatened species. While the response of<br />

many of these species to fire is not known precisely, estimates can be made on the basis of the<br />

response from the ecosystems in which they most often occur or on the basis of known<br />

responses from closely related species. Table 12-3 lists the rare and threatened species found or<br />

likely to occur within the <strong>study</strong> area and their response to fire. Most of the species listed are<br />

likely to be fire sensitive, and fire should be excluded for long term survival.<br />

Table 12-3 Fire Response of Rare and Threatened Species<br />

Species Prevalent Ecosystem Estimated Response to Fire<br />

Plants<br />

Asperula asthenes Damp sites on riverbanks Plant and seed killed (long term damage to<br />

population)<br />

Chamaesyce psammogeton Sand dunes Woody rootstock would afford some protection to<br />

light fires, but probably killed by intense fires,<br />

which, however, are unlikely to occur often on<br />

dunes. It would, therefore, appear to be adapted to<br />

occasional light fires.<br />

Cynanchum elegans Littoral rainforest Plant and seed killed (long term damage to<br />

population)<br />

Sysygium paniculatum Littoral rainforest Plant and seed killed (long term damage to<br />

population), though when fully grown into a tree,<br />

this plant may survive a very light fire.<br />

Animals<br />

Koala (Phascolarctos<br />

cinereus)<br />

Squirrel Glider (Petaurus<br />

norfolcensis)<br />

Sclerophyll<br />

Sclerophyll<br />

Able to withstand cool ground fires, but killed in<br />

hot canopy fires<br />

Able to withstand cool ground fires, but killed in<br />

hot canopy fires. Able to move to nearby fire free<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


BUSHFIRE MANAGEMENT INVESTIGATION 134<br />

Species Prevalent Ecosystem Estimated Response to Fire<br />

areas if connected by a continuous canopy<br />

Rufous Bettong<br />

(Aepyprymnus rufescens)<br />

Long-nosed Potoroo<br />

(Perameles nasuta)<br />

Yellow-bellied Glider<br />

(Petaurus australis)<br />

Eastern Chestnut Mouse<br />

(Pseudomys gracilicaudatus)<br />

Little Bent-wing Bat<br />

(Miniopterus australis)<br />

Large Bent-wing Bat<br />

(Miniopterus schreibersii)<br />

<strong>Great</strong>er Broad-nosed Bat<br />

(Scoteanax rueppelii)<br />

Hoary Bat (Chalinolobus<br />

nigrogriseus)<br />

Golden-tipped Bat<br />

(Kerivoula papuensis)<br />

Wompoo Fruit-dove<br />

(Ptilinopus magnificus)<br />

Masked Owl (Tyto<br />

novaehollandiae)<br />

Dense grass cover<br />

Sclerophyll with dense under<br />

storey<br />

Sclerophyll (mostly wet)<br />

Sclerophyll (mostly wet)<br />

Variable<br />

Variable<br />

Wet sclerophyll and rainforest<br />

Variable<br />

Variable<br />

Rainforest<br />

Strongly affected by fires<br />

Strongly affected by fires<br />

Able to withstand cool ground fires, but killed in<br />

hot canopy fires<br />

Strongly affected by fires<br />

Roost affected by hot canopy fires, otherwise able<br />

to fly to fire free areas<br />

Roost affected by hot canopy fires, otherwise able<br />

to fly to fire free areas<br />

Roost affected by hot canopy fires, otherwise able<br />

to fly to fire free areas<br />

Roost affected by hot canopy fires, otherwise able<br />

to fly to fire free areas<br />

Roost affected by hot canopy fires, otherwise able<br />

to fly to fire free areas<br />

Unlikely to be affected by fire. Able to fly away<br />

from fire<br />

Nest affected by hot canopy fires, otherwise able<br />

to fly to fire free areas<br />

12.4 Fire Fighting Infrastructure<br />

There are a number of roads, tracks, and trails traversing the <strong>study</strong> area which are providing<br />

both fire breaks and access for fire fighting, particularly in areas where the risk for damage to<br />

life and property is highest (ie along <strong>Lakes</strong> Way and in the SLVA). Tracks also occur along the<br />

perimeter of the State Forest area in the north-west and in the south-eastern part of the Wallis<br />

Creek catchment (in the eastern part of the <strong>study</strong> area), while trails occur along the length of the<br />

main ridges.<br />

Watering points have a similar distribution, with most concentrated in areas of habitation,<br />

providing ready access during fire fighting.<br />

While access to the central northern (west of <strong>Lakes</strong> Way) and north-eastern (east of <strong>Lakes</strong><br />

Way) parts of the <strong>study</strong> area is among the most difficult within the <strong>study</strong> area, and watering<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


BUSHFIRE MANAGEMENT INVESTIGATION 135<br />

points do not occur here, there is presently relatively little risk to life and property within these<br />

areas. However, there are a number of ecosystems (eg littoral rainforests and cabbage tree palm<br />

forest) within these areas which require fire to be excluded or minimised and which therefore<br />

require access for fire fighting. In addition, as the areas adjacent to the <strong>Lakes</strong> Way have been<br />

designated for development, improved fire fighting access will be required in these areas in the<br />

future.<br />

Specific fire management strategies to prevent, minimise, and mitigate damage from fire (or a<br />

lack of fire) are described in the Section 12-5.<br />

12.5 Fire Zoning and Management Strategies<br />

To facilitate <strong>planning</strong> for fire management, two fire management zones have been identified<br />

within the <strong>study</strong> area on the basis of the intended usage of these zones. These include a<br />

development zone, which includes land that is either developed or is proposed for development,<br />

and a conservation zone, which covers the remaining majority of the <strong>study</strong> area.<br />

12.5.1 Development Zone<br />

The objective of fire management within the development zone would be to minimise the risk<br />

of bushfire to life and property, while minimising the impact of fire management on the visual<br />

qualities and other conservation values of this zone.<br />

Specific <strong>planning</strong> strategies available to achieve this objective in areas subject to medium-very<br />

high fire hazard include the following:<br />

Fire Protection Zone (FPZ)<br />

A FPZ should be provided between the development and any major source of potential bushfire<br />

fuel (ie the bush edge) to ensure that progressive fuel reduction occurs towards the<br />

development. The FPZ incorporates a Fuel Reduced Zone (FRZ) towards the source of<br />

bushfires and a Fuel Free Zone (FFZ) nearer the development.<br />

The fuel load within the FRZ should be kept to a level where the fire intensity expected will not<br />

impact on adjacent developments. This would generally be 8 t/ha. The width of this zone would<br />

vary from 10 m on flat ground to 60 m where the hazard is downhill on a slope of 20 degrees or<br />

over (Table 12-4).<br />

The FFZ consists of a zone of 20 m width, incorporating on the outside a road or track with a<br />

minimum width of 6 m and passing bays about every 200 m, and an area cleared of fuel on the<br />

inside. Where the hazard is downhill, additional cleared areas will be required as a buffer<br />

within lots located immediately on the inside of this reserve, as shown in Table 12-4. The<br />

additional cleared area required within allotments located on slopes uphill from potential fire<br />

hazards limits the minimum depth of the allotments as shown in Table 12-4.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


BUSHFIRE MANAGEMENT INVESTIGATION 136<br />

Access<br />

Access to perimeter roads and tracks should be of a design and construction standard to allow<br />

unrestricted two-way movement of fire fighting trucks of a fully loaded weight of 28 tonnes or<br />

8 tonnes per axle. In this respect, curves should be minimised and have a minimum inner radius<br />

of 12 m and grades should not exceed 15%. Any dead end road should not exceed 200 m in<br />

length and incorporate a 12.5 m turning circle at the end. Perimeter tracks should be connected<br />

to the subdivision road network at regular intervals to facilitate access.<br />

Subdivision Design and Staging<br />

Subdivision lay-outs should be square or circular whenever practicable in order to minimise<br />

perimeter length for any given subdivision area. Bottleneck designs should be avoided as these<br />

hinder access to and from either side of the bottleneck. The same principle applies to additional<br />

developments. These should preferably be situated in such a manner that the total perimeter<br />

(around both the new and old development) is minimised.<br />

Where developments are staged, the perimeter should be developed fully first. This would<br />

result in a line of dwellings, which tends to minimise the threat to the remaining part of the<br />

subdivision through the provision of cleared areas, access, and other fire prevention and fire<br />

fighting features.<br />

Table 12-4 Fire Protection Zones<br />

Aspect: for N, N.W., W, S.W. and S. slopes<br />

Slope FPZ = FRZ + FFZ FFZ = PR + Cleared<br />

Part of Lot<br />

Minimum Lot<br />

Depth<br />

0° 30 = 10 + 20 20 = 20 + 0 30<br />

5° 35 = 15 + 20 20 = 20 + 0 30<br />

10° 45 = 20 + 25 25 = 20 + 5 35<br />

15° 70 = 40 + 30 30 = 20 + 10 40<br />

20° 100 = 60 + 40 40 = 20 + 20 50<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


BUSHFIRE MANAGEMENT INVESTIGATION 137<br />

Aspect: for N.E., E and S.E. slopes<br />

Slope FPZ = FRZ + FFZ FFZ = PR + Cleared<br />

Part of Lot<br />

Minimum Lot<br />

Depth<br />

0° 30 = 10 + 20 20 = 20 + 0 30<br />

5° 30 = 10 + 20 20 = 20 + 0 30<br />

10° 35 = 15 + 20 20 = 20 + 0 30<br />

15° 40 = 20 + 20 20 = 20 + 0 30<br />

20° 60 = 30 + 30 30 = 20 + 10 40<br />

Source: Gates, A., 1991, Planning for Bushfire Protection, NSW Department of BushFire Service, Rosehill, Sydney.<br />

FPZ = Fire Protection Zone<br />

FRZ = Fuel Reduced Zone<br />

FFZ = Fuel Free Zone<br />

PR = Perimeter Road<br />

Assumes house envelope (house and surrounding yard) of 30m and includes the cleared part of the lot;<br />

Distances are measured in metres horizontally.<br />

12.5.2 Conservation Zone<br />

The objective of fire management within the conservation zone would be to meet the fire needs<br />

of ecosystems and species.<br />

As noted in Section 12.2.1, the various vegetation communities encountered within the <strong>study</strong><br />

area would have developed under different fire regimes. Any change in the fire regime<br />

experienced would result in a change of the vegetation composition and structure. While<br />

detailed information on the fire history is not available, comparison with the fire histories and<br />

fire regime experience from elsewhere (NPWS 1998 a, b) suggest that a relatively limited<br />

number of regimes would cover most of the communities encountered within the <strong>study</strong> area.<br />

These are listed in Table 12-5. It should be noted that these regimes are designed to maintain<br />

the existing vegetation communities. If the management objective were to restore the species<br />

composition and structure of the vegetation found in the area prior to European arrival, it is<br />

likely that the incidence of fire should be reduced further. As noted in a Section 12.5.1, further<br />

research would be required on this topic.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


BUSHFIRE MANAGEMENT INVESTIGATION 138<br />

Table 12-5 Suggested Fire Regimes for the Maintenance of Vegetation Communities<br />

Community<br />

Littoral rainforest<br />

Fire Management Regimes<br />

Fire excluded<br />

Wet sclerophyll forest Decline expected if successive fires, of any intensity, occur less than 50<br />

years apart;<br />

Decline expected if there are no fires for more than 200 years.<br />

Dry sclerophyll forest<br />

Decline expected if more than 2 successive fires occur at intervals of less<br />

than 5 years;<br />

Decline expected if there are no fires for more than 30 years;<br />

Decline expected if successive fires occur which totally scorch or<br />

consume the tree canopy.<br />

Shrubland/heath<br />

complex<br />

Decline expected if more than 2 successive fires occur at intervals of less<br />

than 8 years;<br />

Decline expected if there are no fires for more than 15 years;<br />

Decline expected if no fire occurs for more than 30 years.<br />

Most of the rare or threatened species found within the <strong>study</strong> area are likely to be fire sensitive.<br />

Fire should therefore be excluded from known locations of such species. These are generally<br />

likely to be in places which would naturally have a low fire incidence. However, additional<br />

ignitions and other disturbance arising from such developments as access roads may add to the<br />

local extinction risk of these species. Fire breaks or other fire prevention methods (eg fencing to<br />

restrict access) may assist in the prevention of fire damage to these species.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


LAND SUITABILITY ASSESSMENT 139<br />

13 LAND SUITABILITY ASSESSMENT<br />

13.1 Approach<br />

Land capability introduced the idea that site specific environmental characteristics place<br />

limitations on the ability of land to be altered or developed. Limitations, or constraints to<br />

development, may be so severe that they render land undevelopable. Other constraints require<br />

management to avoid adverse outcomes.<br />

The land capability assessment examined physical, ecological and visual management<br />

constraints. Nine land capability precincts were identified in which development could be<br />

considered, subject to sustainable management of their capability constraints.<br />

Land suitability addresses additional characteristics that may constrain potential development.<br />

They are not physical constraints so much as socio-economic and community-value constraints.<br />

These constraints can only be managed at additional cost or loss of values that are held to be<br />

worthwhile by the community.<br />

13.2 Suitability Constraints<br />

Three suitability constraints are investigated, as required by <strong>Council</strong>’s Brief:<br />

• Aboriginal and European Heritage, reviewed in Chapter 10;<br />

• Provision of reticulated sewer and water, reviewed in Chapter 11;<br />

• Bushfire management, reviewed in Chapter 12.<br />

In addition, the land capability assessment highlighted five important constraints that require<br />

additional evaluation:<br />

• The level of development or change that would be consistent with Medium Habitat Value<br />

Areas;<br />

• The level of development that can be managed in Zone 2 Visual Management Areas;<br />

• The level of development that can be managed in areas with high sensitivity for<br />

maintenance of water quality;<br />

• The level of development that can be managed in the R2 Terrain Unit;<br />

• The effect of effluent disposal on development patterns.<br />

These constraints are characterised by varying degrees of impact or risk to the environment.<br />

13.2.1 Aboriginal and European Heritage<br />

Among other things, Chapter 10 highlights that little is known of the presence or location of<br />

Aboriginal artefacts or places in the Smiths Lake Area. A number of activities, including<br />

development, contribute to the disturbance or loss of local Aboriginal cultural heritage.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


LAND SUITABILITY ASSESSMENT 140<br />

Based on the two distribution models, ridge and <strong>lake</strong> foreshore areas are more likely to contain<br />

evidence of Aboriginal occupation or use than other areas. A 30 m development exclusion zone<br />

adjacent to foreshore areas should be established. Several additional recommendations are<br />

presented that primarily focus on improving consultation and communication between the<br />

<strong>Council</strong>, the Forster Local Aboriginal Land <strong>Council</strong> and land owners.<br />

No items or places of European heritage are listed within the Smiths Lake Area and they are not<br />

further considered.<br />

13.2.2 Infrastructure<br />

13.2.2.1 Sewer<br />

With the completion of the first stage of the Pacific Palms reticulation scheme, the Smiths Lake<br />

Village Area, Tarbuck Bay and Charlotte Bay are now connected to the reticulated sewerage<br />

system. By 2004, the Pacific Palms Waste Water Treatment Plant will begin to treat effluent<br />

prior to pumping to the Forster Waste Water Treatment Plant.<br />

The nine land capability precincts could be serviced by reticulated sewer, subject to the<br />

developers meeting the costs to increase headwork capacity and provide mains and internal<br />

reticulation to their developments.<br />

Line capacity to Tarbuck Bay may become a constraint if future demand in the land capability<br />

precincts south of the Pacific Palms Waste Water Treatment Plant exceeds the existing line’s<br />

capacity. If this were to occur, the line would need to be upgraded to provide additional<br />

capacity. Additional investigation would be required to determine a servicing strategy for<br />

reticulating sewer.<br />

The costs of providing reticulated sewer may be substantial, particularly to extend past existing<br />

serviced areas. The Northeast and Northwest Smiths Lake and Cellito / Sandbar land capability<br />

precincts are either adjacent to existing sewer mains or are a short distance from serviced areas.<br />

However, extension of reticulated sewer to the Tarbuck Park and Sugar Creek Road land<br />

capability precincts would be costly. It would also be inefficient for <strong>Council</strong> to extend and<br />

maintain services to these Precincts prior to more efficiently serviced areas being further<br />

developed.<br />

A 400 m buffer should be maintained around the Pacific Palms Waste Water Treatment Plant,<br />

following the recommendation in the Forster and Pacific Palms Sewerage Scheme EIS by<br />

Manidis Roberts (1993). Within this buffer, most development would be prohibited. Some rural<br />

land uses could be considered if they were not affected by odour or noise, and were not likely<br />

to create conflict with the Pacific Palms Waste Water Treatment Plant.<br />

13.2.2.2 Water<br />

The nine land capability precincts could be serviced by reticulated water to an elevation of<br />

40 m AHD. Between 40 and 76 m AHD, booster pumps would be needed to maintain adequate<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


LAND SUITABILITY ASSESSMENT 141<br />

line pressure. It may be costly for MidCoast Water to install and service a network of booster<br />

pumps.<br />

Water should be reticulated to locations where reticulated sewer is available or can be extended<br />

to service land suitability precincts. In areas that will not be provided with reticulated sewer,<br />

<strong>Council</strong> should consider whether it is desirable to require a reticulated water supply. The<br />

efficiency and sustainability of on onsite effluent disposal systems may be compromised by<br />

large water <strong>volume</strong> inputs.<br />

The extension of reticulated water is practical to all land capability precincts.<br />

13.2.3 Bush Fire Hazard<br />

Fire hazard is primarily controlled by vegetation type, slope, weather conditions, and intensity<br />

of development. Fire hazard levels are low in rainforest communities, and increase in wet and<br />

dry sclerophyll communities. Steep slopes with north or west aspects have higher hazard levels<br />

than flat terrain of slopes with aspects to the east and south.<br />

Two management zones – development and conservation – are proposed. The fire management<br />

objective in the development zone is to minimise risk of bush fire to life or property.<br />

Development within this zone is constrained by the need to establish a fire protection zone<br />

incorporating fuel reduced and fuel free zones. The need to minimise subdivision perimeter<br />

length may be difficult given certain site conditions such as slope, connection to the existing<br />

road network or property ownership.<br />

Areas with high fire hazard are found in cleared land. The hazard level is caused by existing<br />

grasses and ground and shrub vegetation. Because some of these areas do not contain attributes<br />

such as medium or high conservation value or slope instability, the fuel source could be<br />

removed in the course of development, thereby reducing or eliminating the existing fire hazard.<br />

These areas should be considered suitable for urban scale subdivision and development,<br />

provided that measures to manage fuel as discussed in Section 12.5 are implemented. Rural<br />

residential development, or similar forms of low density development that are likely to result in<br />

extensive areas of grass land or regeneration of native vegetation, should not be permitted.<br />

Areas with very high fire hazard levels and those areas adjacent to very high hazard areas are<br />

excluded because of the high risk to property and life and the inability to reduce and<br />

sustainably manage fire hazard without substantial adverse effects on visual qualities and<br />

habitat values. The Tarbuck Park land capability precinct contains high and very high hazard<br />

levels due to vegetation, slope and aspect.<br />

13.2.4 Medium Habitat Value Areas<br />

Low and Medium Habitat Value Areas include all locations other than roads, quarries, utility<br />

clearings, water bodies and urban areas in the Smiths Lake Area and Smiths Lake Village Area.<br />

High Habitat Value Areas are mostly a subset of Medium Habitat Value Areas.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


LAND SUITABILITY ASSESSMENT 142<br />

If all Medium and High Habitat Value Areas were excluded from development consideration,<br />

about 350 ha of land would remain, most of which is scattered in small pockets where pasture<br />

or clearing has disturbed native vegetation. Contiguous Low Habitat Value Areas of substantial<br />

size are found in the Sugar Creek Road, Northwest Smiths Lake, Northeast Smiths Lake<br />

Precincts, and directly west of Blueys Beach.<br />

Medium Value Habitat Areas are based on a range of factors that are given scores between 9<br />

and 14. Because the ranking distinguishes only three categories of habitat value, it does not<br />

readily show the transition between Low and Medium, and Medium and High Habitat Value<br />

Areas.<br />

Medium Value Habitat Areas that are contiguous with Low Value Habitat Areas are more<br />

likely to have lower scores than those adjacent to or surrounded by High Habitat Value Areas.<br />

For this reason, Medium Value Habitat Areas are excluded from the Land Suitability Precincts<br />

where they are adjacent to areas containing High Value Habitat Areas.<br />

Future development proposals within precincts containing Medium Habitat Value Areas would<br />

need to be assessed under Section 5A of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act<br />

1979. Their inclusion in a land suitability precincts is neither a substitute for further assessment,<br />

nor a finding that they should be able to be developed.<br />

This <strong>study</strong> would provide important background and survey information to assist with the<br />

preparation of Section 5A assessments.<br />

13.2.5 Zone 2 Visual Management Areas<br />

Zone 2 Visual Management Areas include Landscape Units with medium to high visual quality<br />

combined with moderate and high sensitivity foreground and middle ground viewing<br />

opportunities.<br />

Management of development within Zone 2 is based on maintaining a predominantly natural<br />

state. It provides opportunities for development of small scale, low structures, clad in natural<br />

materials, and sited to minimise disturbance of native vegetation.<br />

The area west of Blueys Beach is within a Zone 2 Visual Management Area. It does not contain<br />

other capability constraints and is therefore identified as a land suitability precinct.<br />

Development within Zone 2 areas should be of a lower density and scale to minimise the loss<br />

of visual quality to adjacent viewing areas for residents and visitors. Site-specific development<br />

control plans that address development form, landscaping, earthworks and density should be<br />

prepared to guide development of Zone 2 areas. With suitable design and construction<br />

responses, the loss of visual quality can be minimised.<br />

Good examples of low visual impact developments in urban settings are found in Pacific Palms<br />

and Smiths Lake Village.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


LAND SUITABILITY ASSESSMENT 143<br />

13.2.6 High Water Quality Sensitivity Areas<br />

Areas that have high sensitivity for maintenance of water quality are determined based on a<br />

combination of slope, proximity to waterways, soil type, presence of vegetation, and whether<br />

they are now provided with reticulated sewer.<br />

Due to the manner in which the limits for low, medium and high are defined, the value for<br />

sewer could push a low or medium scoring area to a medium or high score, notwithstanding<br />

that it may be economical and practical to extend reticulated sewer to those areas in the future.<br />

Accordingly, a revised score for areas with high sensitivity has been prepared to eliminate the<br />

influence of whether existing reticulated sewer is available.<br />

Areas with high sensitivity, without reference to whether existing reticulated sewer is available,<br />

will be difficult to manage sustainably unless, among other things, they can by provided with<br />

reticulated sewer. Accordingly, areas with high sensitivity in the Tarbuck Park and Sugar Creek<br />

Road land capability precincts are excluded from land suitability precincts.<br />

A buffer area 30 m in width from the centre line of all watercourses should be protected from<br />

clearing or other disturbance in all developments.<br />

13.2.7 R2 Terrain Unit<br />

The R2 Terrain Unit includes land with a slope between 25° and 40° with medium slope<br />

instability and moderate sheet erosion hazard. In the land capability assessment, it is not a<br />

constraint that precludes development. However, the unit has moderate to severe physical<br />

limitations.<br />

The R2 Terrain Unit occurs to a limited extent in the Sugar Creek Road, Tarbuck Bay,<br />

Northeast Smiths Lake and Cellito / Sandbar land capability precincts. It covers most of the<br />

Tarbuck Park land capability precinct.<br />

Given the limitations of this unit, and the long term effort needed to sustainably manage<br />

potential impacts, the R2 Terrain Unit is excluded from land suitability precincts.<br />

13.2.8 Effect of Effluent Disposal on Development Patterns<br />

Given the high water quality of Smiths Lake, and <strong>Council</strong>’s interests in maintaining water<br />

quality, future development in the Smiths Lake Area should generally be connected to the<br />

reticulated sewerage system. Development within the Smiths Lake Village Area, the Northeast<br />

Smiths Lake, Northwest Smiths Lake, and Tarbuck Bay Precincts, and the area west of Blueys<br />

Beach, should be provided with reticulated sewer. Development of these precincts without the<br />

provision of reticulated sewer will increase the complexity of systems needed to maintain water<br />

quality in Smiths and Wallis <strong>Lakes</strong> and the risk of degrading water quality.<br />

13.2.8.1 Sugar Creek Road<br />

The Sugar Creek Road land capability precinct is furthest from the limit of the reticulated<br />

sewerage system and is characterised by low density development in an open visual<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


LAND SUITABILITY ASSESSMENT 144<br />

environment. Development at a density that allows sustainable onsite effluent disposal –<br />

perhaps 5 to 10 ha per lot – would be consistent with the existing character and underlying<br />

subdivision pattern.<br />

Further redevelopment in the Sugar Creek Road precinct could be considered if studies<br />

establish that it has suitable characteristics to allow sustainable onsite effluent disposal. Such<br />

studies should address <strong>Council</strong>’s current and emerging policies on onsite effluent disposal, and<br />

guidelines prepared by the NSW Environment Protection Authority.<br />

13.2.8.2 Cellito / Sandbar<br />

The Cellito / Sandbar precinct is now used for tourist accommodation and recreation facilities.<br />

Occupation, and therefore the generation of wastewater, is variable and likely to be subject to<br />

significant peak loads during holiday periods.<br />

The Cellito / Sandbar land capability precinct could be provided with reticulated sewer. This<br />

would be desirable because it would reduce the existing risk of pollution of groundwater or<br />

Symes Bay during peak holiday use.<br />

However, the provision of reticulated sewer could create an expectation of more intense and<br />

extensive development, so that the costs of providing reticulated sewer could be distributed<br />

more economically and recovered.<br />

The Cellito / Sandbar land capability precinct is located in a sensitive area that is subject to<br />

constraints other than water quality – habitat values, visual management and bush fire hazard.<br />

Expectations of urban scale development should not be supported unless further assessments<br />

identify Cellito / Sandbar’s environmental carrying capacity and its ability to sustain more<br />

intense development<br />

13.3 Land Suitability Precincts<br />

Based on the delineation of land capability precincts, and the modification to them required by<br />

consideration of the suitability criteria considered above, land suitability precincts are presented<br />

in Figure 13.1. The seven individual precincts are presented in Figures 13.2 to 13.8, and are<br />

discussed in detail below.<br />

13.3.1 Blueys Beach<br />

This precinct could accept development at a density and scale that minimises the loss of visual<br />

quality to adjacent viewing areas for residents and visitors. Site-specific development control<br />

plans should be prepared that address development form, landscaping, earthworks and density<br />

to guide development.<br />

The precinct is located within one lot and can be provided with reticulated water and sewerage.<br />

Vegetation is highly modified and of Low Habitat Value. Steep slope constrains the extent of<br />

development, however, water quality could be maintained by implementing best-practice<br />

management techniques for stormwater.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


LAND SUITABILITY ASSESSMENT 145<br />

The Blueys Beach land suitability precinct is about 4 ha in area.<br />

13.3.2 Northwest Smiths Lake<br />

The Northwest Smiths Lake land suitability precinct is about 44 ha in area. It includes five<br />

large rural lots and has the same boundaries as its land capability precinct.<br />

This land suitability precinct contains Medium Value Habitat Areas that may limit the intensity<br />

or extent of development under a Section 5A assessment.<br />

13.3.3 Northeast Smiths Lake<br />

The Northeast Smiths Lake land suitability precinct is about 115 ha in area. It includes five<br />

large rural lots and land in Charlotte Bay and is similar to its land capability precinct except<br />

that it excludes:<br />

• an area to accommodate the buffer to the Pacific Palms waster water treatment plant;<br />

• steep land comprising the R2 Terrain Unit, very high bush fire hazard and Medium Habitat<br />

Value areas.<br />

This land suitability precinct contains Medium Value Habitat Areas that may limit the intensity<br />

or extent of development under a Section 5A assessment.<br />

13.3.4 Cellito / Sandbar<br />

The Cellito / Sandbar land suitability precinct is about 29 ha in area, and includes most of the<br />

existing development including the Sandbar Caravan Park (a small 2ha parcel of land to the<br />

south of the main portion of this precinct).<br />

It is similar to its land capability precinct except that it excludes land south and east of an<br />

existing track in a Medium Habitat Value Area that provides a buffer to sensitive dunal<br />

vegetation to the east.<br />

This land suitability precinct contains Medium Value Habitat Areas that may limit the intensity<br />

or extent of development under a Section 5A assessment.<br />

13.3.5 Tarbuck Bay<br />

The Tarbuck Bay land suitability precinct is about 16 ha in area, including existing urban<br />

development totalling about 9 ha. It is similar to its land capability precinct except that it<br />

excludes:<br />

• steep land comprising the R2 Terrain Unit;<br />

• Medium Value Habitat Areas.<br />

This land suitability precinct contains Medium Value Habitat Areas that may limit the intensity<br />

or extent of development under a Section 5A assessment.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


LAND SUITABILITY ASSESSMENT 146<br />

To minimise changes to visual quality, native vegetation should be substantially retained to<br />

screen views of new development from adjacent residences and Smiths Lake.<br />

13.3.6 Sugar Creek Road<br />

The Sugar Creek Road land suitability precinct is about 47 ha in area. It is similar to its land<br />

capability precinct except that it excludes:<br />

• land with high sensitivity to maintenance of water quality;<br />

• land with very high bush fire hazard;<br />

• Medium Habitat Value Areas adjacent to High Habitat Value Areas along its western<br />

boundary;<br />

• steep land comprising the R2 Terrain Unit.<br />

This land suitability precinct contains Medium Value Habitat Areas that may limit the intensity<br />

or extent of development under a Section 5A assessment.<br />

13.3.7 Smiths Lake Village Area<br />

There are three Smiths Lake Village land suitability precincts totalling about 28 ha in area,<br />

including existing development:<br />

• the Paradise Drive precinct of about 19 ha;<br />

• the Lodge precinct of about 5 ha;<br />

• the Macwood precinct of about 4 ha.<br />

These land suitability precincts contain Medium Value Habitat Areas that may limit the<br />

intensity or extent of redevelopment under a Section 5A assessment.<br />

13.3.8 Tarbuck Park<br />

The Tarbuck Park land capability precinct contains five constraints that preclude its inclusion in<br />

a land suitability precinct:<br />

• it contains mostly Medium Value Habitat Areas;<br />

• it is almost entirely within the R2 Terrain Unit;<br />

• it contains an area of high and very high bush fire hazard, due to steep slopes, north-easterly<br />

aspect and dry vegetation;<br />

• it is completely within an area with high sensitivity for maintenance of water quality,<br />

although it would be impractical to economically extend reticulated sewer;<br />

• it is within the Zone 3 visual management area and clearing to reduce bush fire hazard<br />

would be inconsistent with the zone’s objectives.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


LAND SUITABILITY ASSESSMENT 147<br />

13.4 Opportunities<br />

Each land suitability precinct contains land that is suitable for development. However, existing<br />

factors, primarily existing subdivision patterns and the physical dimensions of certain land<br />

suitability precincts, are likely to preclude substantial development opportunities.<br />

Opportunities for each land suitability precincts are summarised below.<br />

13.4.1 Blueys Beach<br />

The northern part of this precinct would provide development opportunities for land with<br />

access to Boomerang Drive and Croll Street. Access to the southern part of this precinct could<br />

be gained via Samuel Street.<br />

This precinct could yield about 20 to 30 residential lots.<br />

13.4.2 Northwest Smiths Lake<br />

This precinct spans six lots. It provides opportunities for a variety of residential scale<br />

developments that could be coordinated by a development control plan.<br />

This precinct has few development constraints. At a net density of 8 dwellings per hectare, the<br />

precinct could yield up to 350 lots.<br />

Although land to the immediate north of this precinct is outside of the <strong>study</strong> area, it appears to<br />

have capability and suitability for further development. Accordingly, it should be considered in<br />

any future strategic studies or investigations of either the Northwest Smiths Lake or Northeast<br />

Smiths Lake precincts.<br />

13.4.3 Northeast Smiths Lake<br />

This precinct spans six large rural lots and the residential areas of Charlotte Bay. Due to the<br />

distance between The <strong>Lakes</strong> Way and Wallis Creek, opportunities for development to the west<br />

of The <strong>Lakes</strong> Way are limited to redevelopment and minor subdivision. Land to the east of The<br />

<strong>Lakes</strong> Way has some constraints but would provide opportunities for a range of development.<br />

13.4.4 Cellito / Sandbar<br />

Due to this precinct’s proximity to Symes Bay and coastal dunes, and the habitat conservation<br />

values of the surrounding land, it has limited opportunities for development. The following<br />

comments apply equally to the Cellito part of this precinct to the north and the Sandbar portion<br />

to the south (ie. the Sandbar Caravan Park).<br />

Intensification of development in this precinct should only occur if it is provided with<br />

reticulated sewerage. Expansion or extension of recreational and tourist facilities would be<br />

preferable to the introduction of development that provides permanent residential-scale<br />

development because:<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


LAND SUITABILITY ASSESSMENT 148<br />

• permanent occupation would increase traffic on Sandbar Road and require its upgrading<br />

through areas of high value habitat;<br />

• permanent occupation would have the potential to degrade areas of medium and high value<br />

habitats by expanding edge effects, extending human disturbance, and introducing domestic<br />

pets;<br />

• permanent occupation would have the potential to degrade areas of coastal vegetation by<br />

expanding edge effects and extending human disturbance.<br />

In summary, if development were to be considered in this precinct, the following impacts, and<br />

the potential to sustainably manage them, should be addressed before a commitment to rezone<br />

land in this precinct is made:<br />

• legal and practical access, including consideration of upgrading requirements and associated<br />

impacts on natural features and water quality;<br />

• edge effects caused by more intense tourist development or permanent occupation;<br />

• costs, both public and private, to extend or augment utility services from existing supply<br />

points; and<br />

• the consequences of permanent occupation, including the ability of the environment to<br />

sustainably carry it.<br />

13.4.5 Tarbuck Bay<br />

This precinct includes the subdivided and developed areas of Tarbuck Bay. Opportunities for<br />

development occur to the north of existing development fronting Windsor Street, and to the<br />

north and west of Tudor Road.<br />

New development in this precinct should be provided with reticulated water and sewer.<br />

13.4.6 Sugar Creek Road<br />

Land within this precinct is already subdivided into lots ranging from 3 to 10 ha. Underlying<br />

property fragmentation, and existing dwellings, would make future redevelopment of this<br />

precinct difficult. Without reticulated sewer, lot sizes smaller than about 2 to 5 ha are unlikely<br />

to be achievable using on-site effluent disposal. Given these constraints, an additional increase<br />

in lot yield appears unlikely.<br />

13.4.7 Smiths Lake Village Area<br />

The Lodge precinct straddles two lots at the end of Tropic Gardens Drive. The existing pattern<br />

of urban development could be continued in this precinct, provided that reticulated sewer is<br />

extended to new development.<br />

The Paradise Drive precinct is already subdivided into lots ranging between about 0.4 and<br />

1.0 ha. Underlying property fragmentation, and existing dwellings, would make future<br />

redevelopment of this precinct difficult. With the extension of reticulated sewer, re-subdivision<br />

may be achievable, if property owners wish.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


LAND SUITABILITY ASSESSMENT 149<br />

The Macwood precinct is a larger holding surrounded by urban development. It could be<br />

developed for urban uses provided that bush fire risk (mostly very high hazard) is managed<br />

according to the principles outlined in Chapter 12.<br />

As noted in Chapter 6, land that has been subdivided and can be used for urban scale<br />

development (subject to consent being obtained) is located within areas with medium and high<br />

conservation value. Within the framework of this <strong>study</strong>, this land does not have capability or<br />

suitability for development. However, <strong>Council</strong> will need to address future applications for<br />

residential uses that may result in many instances of small scale clearing that cumulatively lead<br />

to extensive fragmentation and loss of areas with medium and high conservation value.<br />

<strong>Council</strong> may wish to consider means by which development of these areas is assessed in a more<br />

holistic manner than that which would occur if each application were considered in isolation.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


REFERENCES 150<br />

14 REFERENCES<br />

ANZECC (1992) “Australian Water Quality Guidelines for Fresh and Marine Waters”.<br />

Appleton J. (1994) “The archaeological investigation of the site of proposed road widening and<br />

pipe laying”, Pacific Palms Sewerage Scheme, Pacific Palms, Central Coast, NSW.<br />

Appleton, J. (1993), “A report of the archaeological investigation of the Pacific Palms<br />

Environmental Study Area”, Central Coast, NSW.<br />

Appleton, J., and Balme, J. (1993) “A report of the archaeological investigation of the proposed<br />

installation sites of the Pacific Palms Sewerage Scheme”, Central Coast, NSW.<br />

AWACS (1989) “Elevated Ocean Levels: Manning River Entrances”, Report 89/05.<br />

Bale, C.L. (1992) “Eucalyptus and angophoras of the north coast New South Wales: A key to<br />

the indigenous species”, University of New England, Armidale, NSW.<br />

Benson, D.H. (1986) “The vegetation of the Gosford and LakeMacquarie 1:100 000 vegetation<br />

map sheet”, Cumminghamia 1: 467-489.<br />

Benson, J. (1981) “Port Stephens (Tomaree) National Park proposal”, Unpublished internal<br />

report, NSW National Park and Wildlife Service.<br />

Byrne, D. (1984) "A survey strategy for a coastal forest", pp. 61-70 in S. Sullivan and S.<br />

Bowdler (eds) 1984.<br />

Byrne, D. (1998) “In sad but loving memory: Aboriginal burials and cemeteries of the last 200<br />

years in NSW”, NPWS Cultural Heritage Services.<br />

Clough, A.R. (1979) “The distribution and composition of some rainforests in the Myall <strong>Lakes</strong><br />

District of New South Wales”, Unpublished MSc Thesis, University of Newcastle, Newcastle,<br />

NSW.<br />

CSIRO (1998) “Impacts of Climate Change on Coastal New South Wales”.<br />

Department of Conservation and Land Management (1992) “Urban Erosion and Sediment<br />

Control”.<br />

Department of Environment and Planning (1981) “Rural Land Evaluation Manual”.<br />

Department of Land and Water Conservation (1998) “Soil Data Base”.<br />

Dyson, J.R., (Ed.) (1985), “Taree District Technical Manual”, New South Wales Soil<br />

Conservation Service, Sydney.<br />

Floyd, A.G. (1989) “Rainforest tress of mainland south-eastern Australia”, Inkata Press -<br />

Forestry Commission of NSW, Sydney.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


REFERENCES 151<br />

Floyd, A.G. (1990) “Australian Rainforests in New South Wales”, Volume 1 and 2, Surrey<br />

Betton and Sons - NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service, Sydney.<br />

Forestry Commission of NSW (1989) “Forest types in New South Wales - Research Note 17”.<br />

Gates, A. (1991) “Planning for Bushfire Protection”, NSW Department of Busfire Services,<br />

Rosehill, Sydney.<br />

<strong>Great</strong> <strong>Lakes</strong> <strong>Council</strong> (1995) “Pacific Palms Draft Environmental Study”.<br />

<strong>Great</strong> <strong>Lakes</strong> <strong>Council</strong> Planning Services Division (1994) “State of the Environment 1993”.<br />

<strong>Great</strong> <strong>Lakes</strong> <strong>Council</strong> Planning Services Division (1995) “State of the Environment 1994”.<br />

<strong>Great</strong> <strong>Lakes</strong> <strong>Council</strong> Planning Services Division (1996) “State of the Environment 1995/96”.<br />

Griffith, S.J. (1983) “A survey of the vegetation of Bundjalung National Park”, Honours thesis,<br />

Department of Botany, University of New England, Armidale, NSW.<br />

Griffith, S.J., Wilson, R., and Maryott-Brown, K. (1999) “Vegetation Survey of the Booti Booti<br />

National Park and Yahoo Nature Reserve for use in fire management” Unpublished report to<br />

the NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service, Raymond Terrace, NSW.<br />

Haglund, L. (1984) “Archaeology, Appendix of an EIS for the Pacific Palms Water Supply”,<br />

prepared by John Lewis and Associates for DPWS.<br />

Haglund, L. (1992) “Pacific Highway (State Highway No.10)”, Buladelah to Coolongolook<br />

Deviation: Archaeological Survey 2 and test excavations.<br />

Haglund, L. (1998) “Pacific Highway (State Highway No.10)”, Buladelah to Coolongolook<br />

Deviation: Archaeological Salvage.<br />

Harden, G.J. (ed.) (1990-1993) “Flora of New South Wales. Vol 1-4”, New South Wales<br />

University Press, Sydney.<br />

Hill, K.D. and Johnson, L.A.S. (1995) “Systematic studies in the eucalytpus. 7. A revision of<br />

the bloodwoods, genus Corymbia (Myrtaceae), Telopea”6 (2-3): 185-504.<br />

Institute of Engineers Australia (1987) “Australian Rainfall and Runoff: A Guide to Flood<br />

Estimation”, Barton, Canberra.<br />

Manidis Roberts Consultants (1993) “Forster and Pacific Palms Sewerage Scheme”.<br />

Myerscough, P.J., and Carolin, R.C. (1986) “The vegetation of the Eurunderee sand mass,<br />

headlands and previous islands in the Myall <strong>Lakes</strong> area, New South Wales”, Cunninghamia 1:<br />

399-466.<br />

NPWS Aboriginal Site Register (1998) “Register of Aboriginal Sites maintained by the NSW<br />

National Parks and Wildlife Service”.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A


REFERENCES 152<br />

NSWEPA (1995) “Assessing and Managing Acid Sulphate Soils. Guidelines For Land<br />

Management in NSW Coastal Areas”.<br />

NSWEPA, DUAP, ASSMAC (1997) “Acids Sulphate Soils, Assessment and Management<br />

Guidelines”.<br />

Oxley, J. (1820) Journals of two expeditions into the interior of New South Wales, undertaken<br />

by order of the British Government in the years 1817-1818. In Murray, Australiana Facsimile<br />

Editions No. 6, Libraries Board of South Australia, 1964:pp.345-346.<br />

Public Works (1991) “Pacific Palms Water Supply”, Geotechnical Investigation, Report 91073.<br />

Rich, E. (1990) “Buladelah to Coolongolook: Archaeological survey for Aboriginal sites”.<br />

State Projects, Department of Public Works & Services (1994) “Pacific Palms Sewerage”,<br />

Sewage Treatment Works, Design Stage Geotechnical Investigation, Report 94-HT31.<br />

State Projects, Department of Public Works & Services, 1995, Pacific Palms Sewerage, Smiths<br />

Lake Reticulation Areas, Geotechnical Investigation, Report 95-HX30.<br />

State Projects: Department of Public Works & Services (1994) “Pacific Palms Sewerage”,<br />

Effluent Transfer Main, Geotechnical Investigation, Report 94-HV10.<br />

Sullivan, M. (1982) “Aboriginal shell middens in the coastal landscape of New South Wales”,<br />

Ph.D thesis, Australian National University, Canberra.<br />

Sullivan, S., and Bowdler, S., 1984, Site Surveys and Significance Assessment in Australian<br />

Archaeology, Department of Prehistory, Research School of Pacific Studies, Australian<br />

National University, Canberra.<br />

Walker B. (1985) “Geotechnical Risks Associated With Hillside Development”, Australian<br />

Geomechanics Society Journal, vol 10.<br />

Webb, McKeown & Associates Pty Ltd (1998) “Smiths Lake Estuary Processes Study”.<br />

Whelan and Halpern, Glick and Maunsell (in association with Thompson Palmer Landscape<br />

Architects and the Institute of Science and Technology Policy, Murdoch University) (1994)<br />

“Planning and Management Guidelines for Water Sensitive Urban (Residential) Design: report<br />

prepared for the Department of Planning and Urban Development, the Water Authority of<br />

Western Australia and the Environmental Protection Authority”.<br />

WP Geomarine (1996) “Smiths Lake Data Compilation Study”.<br />

SMITHS_LAKE_PLANNING_STUDY.DOC<br />

O C E A N I C S<br />

A U S T R A L I A

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!